749836
58
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/68
Pagina verder
FINPUTSAD GB
DE
FR
IT
ENGLISH 5
DEUTSCH 18
FRANÇAIS 33
ITALIANO 51
5
Safety Information
Table of contents
ENGLISH
Before using the appliance, read these
safety instructions. Keep them nearby for
future reference.
These instructions and the appliance itself
provide important safety warnings, to be
observed at all times. The manufacturer
declines any liability for failure to observe
these safety instructions, for inappropriate
use of the appliance or incorrect setting of
controls.
Very young children (0-3 years) should
be kept away from the appliance. Young
children (3-8 years) should be kept away
from the appliance unless continuously
supervised. Children from 8 years old and
above and persons with reduced physical,
sensory or mental capabilities or lack of
experience and knowledge can use this
appliance only if they are supervised or
have been given instructions on safe use
and understand the hazards involved.
Children must not play with the appliance.
Cleaning and user maintenance must
not be carried out by children without
supervision.
PERMITTED USE
CAUTION: the appliance is not intended
to be operated by means of an external
switching device, such as a timer, or
separate remote controlled system.
This appliance is intended to be used
in household and similar applications
such as: sta kitchen areas in shops,
oces and other working environments;
farm houses; by clients in hotels, motels,
bed & breakfast and other residential
environments.
This appliance is not for professional
use. Do not use the appliance outdoors.
The maximum number of place settings
is shown in the product sheet.
The door should not be left in the
open position - risk of tripping. The open
appliance door can only support the
weight of the loaded rack when pulled out.
Do not rest objects on the door or sit or
stand on it.
WARNING: Dishwasher detergents are
strongly alkaline. They can be extremely
dangerous if swallowed. Avoid contact
with the skin and eyes and keep children
away from the dishwasher when the
door is open. Check that the detergent
receptacle is empty after completion of the
wash cycle.
WARNING: Knives and other utensils
with sharp points must be loaded in the
basket with their points down or placed in
a horizontal position - risk of cuts.
Do not store explosive or ammable
substances (e.g. gasoline or aerosol cans)
inside or near the appliance - risk of re.
The appliance must be used only to wash
domestic dishes in accordance with the
instructions in this manual. The water
in the appliance is not potable. Use only
detergent and rinse additives designed for
an automatic dishwasher. When adding
a water softener (salt), run one cycle
immediately with the machine empty,
to avoid corrosion damage to internal
parts. Store the detergent, rinse aid and
salt out of reach of children. Shut o the
water supply and unplug or disconnect the
power before servicing and maintenance.
Disconnect the water and electricity supply
in the event of any malfunction.
INSTALLATION
The appliance must be handled and
installed by two or more persons - risk of
injury. Use protective gloves to unpack and
install - risk of cuts.
Installation, including water supply (if
any), electrical connections and repairs
must be carried out by a qualied
technician. Do not repair or replace any
Safety Information 5
Product description 7
Control panel 7
First Use 7
Loading the racks 9
Daily Use 10
Functions 10
Cleaning and maintenance 12
What to do if ... 13
After-Sales Service 14
Techincal data 15
Environmental concerns 15
Installation 16
IKEA GUARANTEE 17
GB
ENGLISH 6
part of the appliance unless specically
stated in the user manual. Keep children
away from the installation site. After
unpacking the appliance, make sure that it
has not been damaged during transport.
In the event of problems, contact the
dealer or your nearest After-sales Service.
Once installed, packaging waste (plastic,
styrofoam parts etc.) must be stored out
of reach of children - risk of suocation.
The appliance must be disconnected from
the power supply before any installation
operation - risk of electrical shock. During
installation, make sure the appliance
does not damage the power cable - risk of
re or electrical shock. Only activate the
appliance when the installation has been
completed.
Connect the dishwasher to the water
mains using only new hose sets. The old
hose sets should not be reused.
All hoses must be securely clamped
to prevent them coming loose during
operation.
All local waterboard regulations must be
complied with. Water supply pressure
0.05 - 1.0 MPa.
The appliance must be placed against
the wall or built into furniture to limit the
access to its rearside.
For dishwashers having ventilation
openings in the base, the openings must
not be obstructed by a carpet.
If installing the dishwasher at the end
of a row of units making the side panel
accessible, the hinge area must be covered
to avoid risk of injury.
The inlet water temperature depends on
the dishwasher model. If the installed inlet
hose is marked “25°C Max”, the maximum
allowed water temperature is 25°C. For all
other models the maximum allowed water
temperature is 60°C. Do not cut hoses
and, in the case of appliances tted with
a waterstop system, do not immerse the
plastic casing containing the inlet hose
in water. If hoses are not long enough,
contact your local dealer. Make sure the
inlet and drain hoses are kink-free and are
not crushed. Before using the applinace
for the rst time, check the water inlet
and drain hose for leaks. Make sure that
the four feet are stable and resting on
the oor, adjusting them as required, and
check that the dishwasher is perfectly
levelled using a spirit level.
Use the appliance only when the covers
shown on diagram 19 in the installation
booklet are correctly assembled - risk of
injury.
ELECTRICAL WARNINGS
The rating plate is on the edge of the
dishwasher door (visible when the door is
open).
It must be possible to disconnect
the appliance from the power supply by
unplugging it if plug is accessible, or by
a multi-pole switch installed upstream of
the socket in accordance with the wiring
rules and the appliance must be earthed in
conformity with national electrical safety
standards.
Do not use extension leads, multiple
sockets or adapters. The electrical
components must not be accessible to
the user after installation. Do not use the
appliance when you are wet or barefoot.
Do not operate this appliance if it has
a damaged power cable or plug, if it is
not working properly, or if it has been
damaged or dropped.
If the supply cord is damaged, it must
be replaced with an identical one by the
manufacturer, its service agent or similarly
qualied persons in order to avoid a
hazard - risk of electrical shock.
If the tted plug is not suitable for
your socket outlet, contact a qualied
technician.
Do not pull the power supply cable. Do not
immerse the mains cord or plug in water.
Keep the cord away from hot surfaces.
CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE
WARNING: Ensure that the appliance
is switched o and disconnected from
the power supply before performing
any maintenance operation - risk of
electrical shock. Never use steam cleaning
equipment
Do not repair or replace any part of the
appliance unless specically stated in the
user manual. Use only authorized After-
sales Service. Self or non-professional
repair may lead to dangerous incident
resulting in live or health threatening and/
or signicant property damage.
ENGLISH 7
Product description
1 Upper rack
2 Cutlery rack
3 Foldable aps
4 Upper rack height adjuster
5 Upper sprayer arm
6 Lower rack
7 Lower sprayer arm
8 Filter Assembly
9 Salt reservoir
10 Detergent and Rinse Aid dispensers
11 Control pannel
Control panel
First Use
Advice regarding the rst time use
After installation, remove the stoppers from the racks and the
retaining elastic elements from the upper rack
Filling the salt reservoir
The use of salt prevents the formation of LIMESCALE on the
dishes andon the machine’s functional components.
It is mandatory that THE SALT RESERVOIR BE NEVER EMPTY.
It is important to set the water hardness.
The salt reservoir is located in the lower part of the dishwasher
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION) and should be lled when the
SALT REFILL indicator light
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
in the control panel is lit .
1. Remove the lower rack and
unscrew the reservoir cap
(anticlockwise).
2. Only the rst time you do this:
ll the salt reservoir with water.
3. Position the funnel (see gure)
and ll the salt reservoir right up
to its edge (approximately 1 kg); it
is not unusual for a little water to
leak out.
4. Remove the funnel and wipe
any salt residue away from the
opening.
1 On-O/Reset button with indicator light
2 Program selection button
3 Salt rell indicator ligh
4 Rinse Aid rell indicator ligh
5 Program number and delay time indicator
6 Tablet indicator light
7 Display
8 Flexible Wash indicator light
9 Flexible Wash button
10 Delay button
11 Short Time button with indicator light
12 Extra Dry button with indicator light
13 START/Pause button with indicator light / Tab
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13
7
2
65°
1
50°
56
10 PROGRAMS
3
50°
4
45°
7
50°
8
65°
10
50°-60° 50°
9
65°
h
3sec
4
2
7
8
10
1
3
5
6
9
11
0000 000 00000
Service:
ENGLISH 8
Make sure the cap is screwed on tightly, so that no detergent
can get into the container during the wash program (this could
damage the water softener beyond repair).
As soon as this procedure is complete, run a program without
loading. The “Pre-Wash” program alone is NOT SUFFICIENT
Residual saline solution or grains of salt can lead to corrosion,
irreparably damaging the stainless steel components.
The guarantee is not applicable if faults are caused by such
circumstances.
Only use salt that has been specically designed for
dishwashers. If the salt container is not lled, the water
softener and the heating element may be damaged
as a result of limescale accumulation. Using of Salt is
recommended with any type of dishwasher detergent.
Whenever you need to add salt, it is mandatory to complete
the procedure before the beginning of the washing cycle to
avoid corrosion.
Setting the water hardness
To allow the water softener to work in a perfect way, it is
essential that the water hardness setting is based on the actual
water hardness in your house. This information can be obtained
from your local water supplier. The factory sets the default
water hardness
Switch on the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button.
Switch o the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button.
Hold down button
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





for 5 seconds, until you hear a beep.
Switch on the appliance by pressing quickly the ON/OFF
button.
The current selection level number and the salt indicator light
both ash
Press button
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





to select the desired hardness level (see
WATER HARDNESS TABLE).
Switch o the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
Water Hardness Table
Level °dH
German
degrees
°fH
French
degrees
°Clark
English
degrees
1 Soft 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 7
2 Medium 7 - 11 11 - 20 8 - 14
3 Average 12 - 16 21 - 29 15 - 20
4 Hard 17 - 34 30 - 60 21 - 42
5 Very hard 35 - 50 61 - 90 43 - 62
Filling the rinse aid dispenser
Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser A
should be lled when the RINSE AID REFILL indicator light
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
in
the control panel is lit.
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





BA
1. Open the dispenser B by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum (110
ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it. If this
happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.
NEVER pour the rinse aid directly into the tub.
Adjusting the dosage of rinse aid
If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you
can adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it o using the ON/OFF button.
Press button
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator
light ash.
Press button
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it o using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO, no rinse aid will be supplied.
The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you run out
of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to the
dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).
Filling the detergent dispenser
To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required. We
recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more eective
wash and increases environmental pollution. The amount can
be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of normally soiled items,
use approximately either 25g (powder detergent) or 25ml (liquid
detergent) and additional tea spoon of detergent directly inside
the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed
with water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the
amount of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g.
skip the powder/gel putted inside the tub.
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





D
C
To open the detergent
dispenser press button C.
Introduce the detergent
into the dry dispenser D
only.
Place the amount of
detergent for
pre-washing directly
inside the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned
earlier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the
dispenser D there are indications to help the detergent
dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right
time according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used,
we recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
ENGLISH 9
Tips
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from
the crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse
beforehand under running water. Arrange the crockery so that
it is held in place rmly and does not tip over; and arrange
the containers with the openings facing downwards and the
concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus allowing the water
to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms
can cotate freely.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Cutlery rack
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the
cutlery makes collection easier after
washing and improves washing and
drying performance.
Knives and other utensils with
sharp edges must be positioned
with the blades facing downwards.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Upper rack
Load delicate and light dishes:
glasses, cups, saucers, low salad
bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical
position when arranging tea/ dessert
saucers or in a lower position to load
bowls and food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
Adjusting the height of the upper
rack
The height of the upper rack can be
adjusted:
high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position
to make the most of the tip-up
supports by creating more space
upwards and avoid collision with the
items
loaded into lower rack.d avoid
collision with the items
loaded into lower rack.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper Rack height adjuster
(see gure), without pressing the levers, lift it up by simply
holding the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable in its upper
position.
To restore to the lower position, press the levers A at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded. NEVER raise or lower the basket
on one side only.
Foldable aps with adjustable position
The side foldable aps can be fold or
unfold to optimize the arrangement of
crockery inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of
each glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to
slide it up and rotate or release it from
the snaps and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to
rotate it and slide aps down or pull it
up and attach aps to the snaps.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Lower rack
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery
etc...
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferences
with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
Unsuitable crockery
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique
crockery. Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high
temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass
(e.g. crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash
cycles too.
Damage to glass and crockery
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
Hygiene
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once a
month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
Tips on energy saving
When the household dishwasher is used according to
the manufacturer’s instructions, washing tableware in a
dishwasher usually consumes less energy and water than
hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher eciency it is recommended
to initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded.
Loading the household dishwasher up to the capacity
indicated by the manufacturer will contribute to energy and
water savings. Information on correct loading of tableware
can be found in Loading chapter. In case of partial loading it
is recommended to use dedicated wash options if available
(Flexible wash), illing up only selected racks. Incorrect loading
or overloading the dishwasher may increase resources usage
(such as water, energy and time, as well as increase noise level),
reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Loading the racks
ENGLISH 10
1. Check water connection
Check that the dishwasher is connected to the water supply
and that the tap is open.
2. Switch on the dishwasher
Open the door and press the ON/OFF button.
3. Load the racks (see LOADING THE RACKS)
4. Filling the detergent dispenser
(see PROGRAMS TABLE).
5. Choose the program and customise the cycle
Select the most appropriate program in accordance with
the type of crockery and its soiling level (see PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION) by pressing the button.
Select the desired options (see FUNCTIONS).
6. Start
Start the wash cycle by pressing START/Pause button (led
is lit) and closing the door within 4 sec. When the program
starts you hear a single beep. If the door was not closed
within 4sec., the alarm sound will be played. In this case,
open the door, press START/Pause button and close the door
again within 4 sec.
7. End of wash cycle
The end of the wash cycle is indicated by beeps and by the
ashing of the wash cycle number on the display. Open the
door and switch o the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF
button.
Wait for a few minutes before removing the crockery - to
avoid burns. Unload the racks, beginning with the lower one.
The machine will switch o automatically during certain
extended periods of inactivity, in order to minimise
electricity consumption. If the crockery is only lightly soiled
or if it has been rinsed with water before being placed in the
dishwasher, reduce the amount of detergent used
accordingly.
Modifying a running program
If a wrong program was selected, it is possible to change it,
provided that it has only just begun: open the door, press and
hold the ON/OFF button, the machine will switch o.
Switch the machine back on using the ON/OFF button and select
the new wash cycle and any desired options; Start the wash
cycle by pressing START/Pause button and closing the door
within 4 sec.
Adding extra crockery
Without switching o the machine, open the door (START/
Pause led starts blinking) (be ware of HOT steam!) and place the
crockery inside the dishwasher. Press the START/Pause button
and close the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the
point at which it was interrupted.
Accidental interruptions
If the door is opened during the wash cycle, or if there is a
power cut, the cycle stops. Press the START/Pause button and
close the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the point
at which it was interrupted.
Daily Use
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
FLEXIBLE WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half
loading may be used in order to save water, electricity
and detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXIBLE
WASH button: the symbol of the chosen rack will
appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button
repeatedly:
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance
will wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to reduce
the amount of detergent accordingly. If upper rack is removed,
please apply detergent directly to tub instead of detergent
dispenser.
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a
period of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h»
symbol appears on the display; each time you press
the button, the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from
the start of the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches o and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period
of time, press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press
the button repeatedly until the selected delayed start
indicator light «h» switches o.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash
cycle has been started.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the
main programs while maintaining the same washing
and drying performance levels. After selecting the
program, press the SHORT TIME button and the
indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting
the program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the
indicator light comes on. A higher temperature
during the nal rinse and an extended drying phase
allow for improving drying. To deselect the option,
press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY option
results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
 
Check that the dishwasher is connected to the water supply
and that the tap is open.
 
Open the door and press the ON/OFF button.


(see LOADING THE RACKS)

(see PROGRAMS TABLE).




Select the most appropriate program in accordance with the
type of crockery and its soiling level (see PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION) by pressing the button.
Select the desired options (see OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS).

Start the wash cycle by pressing START/Pause button (led
is lit) and closing the door within 4 sec. When the program
starts you hear a single beep. If the door was not closed within
4sec., the alarm sound will be played. In this case, open the
door, press START/Pause button and close the door again
within 4 sec.

The end of the wash cycle is indicated by beeps and by the
ashing of the wash cycle number on the display. Open the
door and switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF
button.
Wait for a few minutes before removing the crockery - to avoid
burns. Unload the racks, beginning with the lower one.






If a wrong program was selected, it is possible to change it, pro-
vided that it has only just begun: open the door, press and hold
the  button, the machine will switch off.
Switch the machine back on using the  button and select
the new wash cycle and any desired options; Start the wash cycle
by pressing  button and closing the door within 4 sec.

Without switching off the machine, open the door (
led starts blinking) () and place the
crockery inside the dishwasher. Press the  button
and close the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the
point at which it was interrupted.

If the door is opened during the wash cycle, or if there is a power
cut, the cycle stops. Press the  button and close
the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the point at
which it was interrupted.
DAILY USE
Functions
 - Normally soiled crockery. Standard program, the most efficient in terms of its combined energy and water
consumption.
  - Mixed soil. For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues.
 - Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used
for delicate items).
  - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
  - Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning performance in shorter time.
  - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform
maintenance of the dishwasher.
  - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance
using hot water.
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
see PROGRAMS TABLE󵘍 󵄔 󵠆 󶋁


If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half load
cycle may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent. Select the program and press the HALF LOAD
button: the indicator light will light up. Press the HALF
LOAD button to deselect this option.

To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.



This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).


1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
– enabled – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance
of the program according to the type of detergent
used. Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds
(the corresponding symbol will light up) if you use
combined detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt
and detergent in 1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be o.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that
the dishwasher is working. One of the following
operating modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for a few
seconds, stays o during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at
the end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either
for the rst few seconds or the entire duration of the
countdown, based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes o every time the door is opened.
To select the mode you prefer, switch on the machine,
hold down button
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





until one of the three letters
Functions
ENGLISH 11
appears on the display, press button
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





until you
reach the desired letter (or mode), hold down button
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
NATURALDRY
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase
to ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door
opens at the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil
is added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount
protection foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as
follows:
1. Go to the Operation Indicator menu as in last step, press and
hold
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





until menu appears.
2. Press and hold
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





again for 6 seconds to reach the
NaturalDry menu.
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu
please press and hold
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





button (3 sec).
DOOR OPENING
Eco 50° after 165 min
AUTO 50°- 60° 80-170 min*
Intensive 65° end of cycle
Fast wash 30’ 50° N/A
Fast wash and dry 50° end of cycle
Glass 45° end of cycle
Silent 50° (Night program) end of cycle
Sanitizing 65° N/A
Pre-Wash N/A
Self-Clean 65° N/A
* depending on settings
Program Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
functions *)
Duration of
wash program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1 Eco
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
3:40 8.7 0.59
2 Auto
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50-60°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3 Intensive
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50° - -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:30 9.0 0.50
5 Fast wash and Dry
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:20 10.0 1.10
6 Glass
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
45°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:40 12.0 1.00
7 Silent
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
3:35 16.5 1.00
8 Sanitizing
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
-
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:40 12.0 1.30
9 Pre-Wash
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
- -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self-Clean
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65° - -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:50 9.5 0.70
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions
according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative
EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the
programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are
indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming
water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and
type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
1. ECO - Eco program is suitable to clean normally soiled
tableware, that for this use, it is the most ecient program
in terms of its combined energy and water consumption,
and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU
Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues.
Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the
program accordingly. When the sensor is detecting the
soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle
duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE - Program recommended for heavily soiled
crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to
be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-
soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY - Normally soiled crockery. Everyday
cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance
in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more
sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and
cups.
7. SILENT - Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance.
Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the
lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with
additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform
maintenance of the dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed
later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance
of the dishwasher, to be carried out only when the
dishwasher is EMPTY using specic detergents designed for
dishwasher maintenance
Notes: Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly
soiled dishes.
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding
button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see
PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
ENGLISH 12
ATTENTION: Always unplug the appliance when cleaning it and
when performing maintenance work. Do not use ammable
liquids to clean the machine.
Cleaning the dishwasher
Any marks on the inside of the appliance may be removed using
a cloth dampened with water and a little vinegar.
The external surfaces of the machine and the control panel
can be cleaned using a non-abrasive cloth which has been
dampened with water. Do not use solvents or abrasive products.
Preventing unpleasant odours
Always keep the door of the appliance ajar in order to avoid
moisture from forming and being trapped inside the machine.
Clean the seals around the door and detergent dispensers
regularly using a damp sponge. This will avoid food becoming
trapped in the seals, which is the main cause behind the
formation of unpleasant odours.
Cheking the water supply hose
Check the inlet hose regularly for brittleness and cracks. If
damaged, replace it by a new hose available through our After-
Sales Service or your specialist dealer. Depending on the hose
type:
ENGLISH
10
Cleaning and maintenance
ATTENTION: Always unplug the appliance when cleaning it
and when performing maintenance work. Do not use flammable
liquids to clean the machine.
CLEANING THE DISHWASHER
Any marks on the inside of the appliance may be
removed using a cloth dampened with water and
a little vinegar.
The external surfaces of the machine and the
control panel can be cleaned using a non-abrasive
cloth which has been dampened with water. Do
not use solvents or abrasive products.
PREVENTING UNPLEASANT ODOURS
Always keep the door of the appliance ajar in order to avoid mo-
isture from forming and being trapped inside the machine.
Clean the seals around the door and detergent dispensers regu-
larly using a damp sponge. This will avoid food becoming trapped
in the seals, which is the main cause behind the formation of
unpleasant odours.
CHEKING THE WATER SUPPLY HOSE
Check the inlet hose regularly for brittleness and cracks. If dama-
ged, replace it by a new hose available through our After-Sales
Service or your specialist dealer. Depending on the hose type:
If the inlet hose has a transparent coating, periodically check if
the colour intensifies locall . If yes, the hose may have a leak and
should be replaced.
For water stop hoses: check the small safety valve inspection
window (see arrow). If it is red, the water stop function was trig-
gered, and the hose must be replaced by a new one.
For unscrewing this hose, press the release button while unscre-
wing the hose.
CLEANING THE WATER INLET HOSE
If the water hoses are new or have not been used for an exten-
ded period of time, let the water run to make sure it is clear and
free of impurities before performing the necessary connections. If
this precaution is not taken, the water inlet could become blocked
and damage the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the filter assembly so that the filters do not clo
and that the waste water flows away correctl .
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The filter assembly consists of three filters which remove foo
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the filter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running
water, using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions
below:
1. Turn the cylindrical filter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup filter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side flaps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate filter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you find foreign objects (such as broken glass, porc -
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER RE-
MOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the filters, replace the filter assembly and fix it
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efficient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the
spray arms and block the holes
used to spray the water. It is
therefore recommended that you
check the arms from time to time
and clean them with a small
non-metallic brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be
replaced so that the side with
the greater number of holes is
facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efficienc . This system regenerates itself with salt,
therefore it is required to refill salt container when empt . Frequen-
cy
of regeneration depends on water hardness level setting - by
default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles with water
hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in final rins
and finishes in drying phase, before cycle ends
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water; takes up to 5 addi-
tional minutes for the cycle; consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
A
A
B
C
12
34
If the inlet hose has a transparent coating, periodically check if
the colour intensies locall . If yes, the hose may have a leak and
should be replaced.
For water stop hoses: check the small safety valve inspection
window (see arrow). If it is red, the water stop function was
triggered, and the hose must be replaced by a new one. For
unscrewing this hose, press the release button while unscrewing
the hose.
Cleaning the water inlet hose
If the water hoses are new or have not been used for an
extended period of time, let the water run to make sure it is
clear and free of impurities before performing the necessary
connections. If this precaution is not taken, the water inlet could
become blocked and damage the dishwasher.
Cleaning the lter assembly
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not close
and that the waste water ows away correctl.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside
ltration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction
resulting in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources
usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove foo
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction
and pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass,
porc - lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them
carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail)
(Fig 4).
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
After cleaning the lters, replace the lter assembly and x it
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the ecient
operation of the dishwasher.
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
Cleaning the spray arms
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used to spray
the water. It is therefore recommended
that you check the arms from time to
time and clean them with a small non-
metallic brush.
To remove the upper spray arm, turn
the plastic locking ring in an anti-
clockwise direction. The upper spray
arm should be replaced so that the
side with the greater number of holes
is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be removed
by pulling it upwards.
Water softening system
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness,
consequently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing
also to better cleaning ecienc . This system regenerates itself
with salt, therefore it is required to rell salt container when
empt . Frequency of regeneration depends on water hardness
level setting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco
cycles with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process
starts in nal rins and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water; takes up to 5
additional minutes for the cycle; consumes below 0.005kWh of
energy.
Cleaning and maintenance
ENGLISH 13
What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the
following list. For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can
be found in the warranty booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years
after production date of this appliance.
Problems... Possible causes... Solutions...
What to do if ...What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After refill
the salt indicator may remain lit
for several wash cycles).
Refill reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After refill the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Refill dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it
back on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it
back in.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The wash cycle has not finished yet Wait until the wash cycle finishes
The drain hose is bent. Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
The sink drain pipe is blocked. Clean the sink drain pipe.
The filter is clogged up with food
residues. Clean the filter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are rattling against
each. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Reset the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program, press
START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds. Please do not
add any detergent.
The dishes are not clean.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The spray arms cannot rotate freely,
being hindered by the dishes. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The wash cycle is too gentle
and/or detergent efficiency is lo . Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not suitable
for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER).
The cap on the rinse aid compart-
ment has not been shut correctly. Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
The filter is soiled or clogged Clean the filter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
There is no salt. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
The dishwasher does not fill
the water.
Display shows: H
6
and On/Off LED is blin-
king
rapidly
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed. Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap running.
The inlet hose is bent. Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION) repro-
gram the dishwasher and reboot.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
After having carried out the verification and cleaning, turn o f and
turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After
rell the salt indicator may
remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Rell reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
What to do if ...What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After refill
the salt indicator may remain lit
for several wash cycles).
Refill reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After refill the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Refill dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it
back on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it
back in.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The wash cycle has not finished yet Wait until the wash cycle finishes
The drain hose is bent. Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
The sink drain pipe is blocked. Clean the sink drain pipe.
The filter is clogged up with food
residues. Clean the filter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are rattling against
each. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Reset the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program, press
START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds. Please do not
add any detergent.
The dishes are not clean.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The spray arms cannot rotate freely,
being hindered by the dishes. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The wash cycle is too gentle
and/or detergent efficiency is lo . Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not suitable
for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER).
The cap on the rinse aid compart-
ment has not been shut correctly. Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
The filter is soiled or clogged Clean the filter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
There is no salt. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
The dishwasher does not fill
the water.
Display shows: H
6
and On/Off LED is blin-
king
rapidly
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed. Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap running.
The inlet hose is bent. Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION) repro-
gram the dishwasher and reboot.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
After having carried out the verification and cleaning, turn o f and
turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After rell the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see
page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not
closed Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to
commands. Display shows: 9 or
12 and On/O LED is blinking
rapidly.
Switch o the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button,
switch it back on after approximately one minute and reset
the program. If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1
minute, then plug it back in.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/O LED is blinking
rapidly
The wash cycle has not nished
yet Wait until the wash cycle nishes
The drain hose is bent. Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
The sink drain pipe is blocked. Clean the sink drain pipe.
The lter is clogged up with food
residues. Clean the lter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are rattling against
each. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
An excessive amount of foam
has been produced. The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Reset the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program,
press START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds.
Please do not add any detergent.
The dishes are not clean.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The spray arms cannot rotate
freely, being hindered by the
dishes.
Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The wash cycle is too gentle and/
or detergent eciency is low. Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
An excessive amount of foam
has been produced. The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable
for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER).
The cap on the rinse aid
compartment has not been shut
correctly.
Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
The lter is soiled or clogged Clean the lter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
There is no salt. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
ENGLISH 14
What to do if ...
After-Sales Service
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
The dishwasher does not ll
the water.
Display shows: H
6 and On/O LED is blinking
rapidly
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed. Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap
running.
The inlet hose is bent. Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION)
reprogram the dishwasher and reboot.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
After having carried out the verication and cleaning, turn o
and turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
Dishwasher nishes the
cycle prematurely.
Display shows: 5 (15) and
On/O LED is blinking
rapidly
Drain hose positioned too low
or siphoning into home sewage
system
Check if end of drain hose is placed at correct height (see
INSTALLATION). Check for siphoning into home sewage
system, install air admittance valve if necessary.
Air in water supply Check water supply for leaks or other issues letting air inside.
The door doesn’t lock.
Racks are not inserted
completely Verify that racks are inserted completely..
The door lock is not engaged. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “clack” sound.
Dishes have not been dried.
Selected program has no drying
phase. Verify in the programs table if the selected program has
drying phase.
Rinse aid has run out or the
dosage is not adequate. Add the rinse aid or adjust the dosage levels higher (see
FILLING THE RINSE AID DISPENSER).
Dishes are made of non-stick or
plastic. The presence of drops of water it is normal (see TIPS).
Dishes and glasses show
limescale or a whitish lm
Salt level is too low. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
Adjustment of the water
hardness
is not adequate.
Increase the values (see WATER HARDNESS TABLE).
Cap of the salt reservoir is not
properly closed. Check the salt reservoir cap.
Rinse aid has run out or the
dosage is insucient Add the rinse aid or adjust the dosage levels higher.
Dishes and glasses have a
bluish tinge or blue streakes
Rinse aid dosage is excessive Adjust the dosage rates to lower values.
If, after carrying out the above checks, the fault persists,
disconnect the mains plug and turn o the water tap. Contact
the After-sales Service (see warranty).
Before contacting our After-Sales Service, take note of the
following:
- the description of the fault,
- the appliance type and model,
- the service code (the number indicated on the
adhesive rating plate) inside the door on the right-
hand side:
ENGLISH 15
Techincal data
Product dimensions
(mm)
Height mm 820
Width mm 448
Depth mm 555
Performances
Voltage V 220/240
Frequency Hz 50
Energy eciency class A+++
Water supply pressure, max Bar 10
Water supply pressure, min Bar 0,2
Energy consumption annual kWh/year 170
Water supply, max inlet water temp. °C 70
Number of place settings 10
Power consumption in left-on mode W 5
Power consumption in o-mode W 0.5
Water consumption annual l/year 2436
Noise level dB(A) re 1 pW 41
Environmental concerns
Disposal of packaging materials
The packaging material is 100% recyclable and is marked with
the recycle symbol . The various parts of the packaging must
therefore be disposed of responsibly and in full compliance with
local authority regulations governing waste disposal.
Disposal of household appliances
This appliance is manufactured with recyclable or reusable
materials. Dispose of it in accordance with local waste disposal
regulations. For further information on the treatment, recovery
and recycling of household electrical appliances, contact your
local authority, the collection service for household waste or
the store where you purchased the appliance. This appliance
is marked in compliance with European Directive 2012/19/EU,
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE). By ensuring
this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent
negative consequences for the environment and human health.
The symbol on the product or on the accompanying
documentation indicates that it should not be treated as
domestic waste but must be taken to an appropriate collection
center for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment.
Energy saving tips
ECO programme is suitable to clean normally soiled tableware,
that for this use, it is the most ecient programme in terms of
its combined energy and water consumption, and that it is used
to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
Loading the household dishwasher up to the capacity
indicated by the manufacturer will contribute to energy and
water savings. The manual pre-rinsing of tableware items
leads to increased water and energy consumption and is not
recommended. Washing tableware in a household dishwasher
usually consumes less energy and water in the use phase than
hand dishwashing when the household dishwasher is used
according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
ENGLISH 16
Installation
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep
it in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted
onto its back.
Connecting the water supply
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
performed by a qualied technician.
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation.
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses.
Connecting the water inlet hose
Run the water until it is perfectly clear.
Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap.
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or
an authorised technician.
The water pressure must be within the values indicated in the
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
properly.
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
Specications for the connection of the water
Water supply cold or hot (max. 60°C)
Water intake 3/4”
Power of water
Pressure
0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar)
7.25 – 145 psi
Supply hose:
Connecting the water outlet hose
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum
diameter of 2 cm A.
INSTALLATION
ENGLISH
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto
its back.
CONNECTING THE WATER SUPPLY
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
performed by a qualified technician
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation.
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses.
CONNECTING THE WATER INLET HOSE
Run the water until it is perfectly clear.
Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap.
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or
an authorised technician.
The water pressure must be within the values indicated in the
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
properly.
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER
SUPPLY HOSE:
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter
of 2 cm A.
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from
40 to 80 cm from the floor or surface where the dishwasher rests
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
the plastic plug B.
ANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
is provided with a special system which blocks the water supply in
the event of anomalies or leaks from inside the appliance.
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-flooding protectio
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
hose be cut as it contains live electrical parts.
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
The socket is earth and complies with current regulations;
The socket can withstand the maximum load of the applian-
ce as shown on the data plate located on the inside of the door
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
the data plate on the inside of the door.
The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension ca-
bles or multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed,
the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
order to prevent all potential hazards.
The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
these regulations are not observed.
POSITIONING AND LEVELLING
1.
2.
Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy floo . If the floor i
uneven, the front feet of the appliance may be adjusted until
it reaches a horizontal position. If the appliance is levelled
correctly, it will be more stable and much less likely to move or
cause vibrations and noise while it is operating.
Before recessing the dishwasher, stick the adhesive transparent
strip under the wooden shelf in order to protect it from any con-
densation which may form.
3.
4.
Place the dishwasher so that its sides or back panel are in
contact with the adjacent cabinets or the wall. This appliance
can also be recessed under a single worktop.
To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
bushing on the lower central part at the front of the dishwasher
using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the
spanner in a clockwise direction to increase the height and in
an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
MIN 40 cm
MAX 80 cm
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
WATER INTAKE 3/4”
POWER OF WATER
PRESSURE
0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar)
7.25 145 psi
WIDTH 598 mm
HEIGHT 820 mm
DEPTH 555 mm
CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from
40 to 80 cm from the oor or surface where the dishwasher
rests Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain,
remove the plastic plug B.
Anti-ooding protection
Anti-ooding protection. To ensure oods do not occu, the
dishwasher is provided with a special system which blocks the
water supply in the event of anomalies or leaks from inside the
appliance.
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-ooding protectio
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
Electrical connection
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
hose be cut as it contains live electrical parts.
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure
that:
The socket is earth and complies with current regulations;
The socket can
INSTALLATION
ENGLISH
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto
its back.
CONNECTING THE WATER SUPPLY
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
performed by a qualified technician
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation.
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses.
CONNECTING THE WATER INLET HOSE
Run the water until it is perfectly clear.
Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap.
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or
an authorised technician.
The water pressure must be within the values indicated in the
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
properly.
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER
SUPPLY HOSE:
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter
of 2 cm A.
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from
40 to 80 cm from the floor or surface where the dishwasher rests
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
the plastic plug B.
ANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
is provided with a special system which blocks the water supply in
the event of anomalies or leaks from inside the appliance.
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-flooding protectio
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
hose be cut as it contains live electrical parts.
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
The socket is earth and complies with current regulations;
The socket can withstand the maximum load of the applian-
ce as shown on the data plate located on the inside of the door
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
the data plate on the inside of the door.
The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension ca-
bles or multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed,
the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
order to prevent all potential hazards.
The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
these regulations are not observed.
POSITIONING AND LEVELLING
1.
2.
Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy floo . If the floor i
uneven, the front feet of the appliance may be adjusted until
it reaches a horizontal position. If the appliance is levelled
correctly, it will be more stable and much less likely to move or
cause vibrations and noise while it is operating.
Before recessing the dishwasher, stick the adhesive transparent
strip under the wooden shelf in order to protect it from any con-
densation which may form.
3.
4.
Place the dishwasher so that its sides or back panel are in
contact with the adjacent cabinets or the wall. This appliance
can also be recessed under a single worktop.
To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
bushing on the lower central part at the front of the dishwasher
using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the
spanner in a clockwise direction to increase the height and in
an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
MIN 40 cm
MAX 80 cm
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
WATER INTAKE 3/4”
POWER OF WATER
PRESSURE
0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar)
7.25 145 psi
WIDTH 598 mm
HEIGHT 820 mm
DEPTH 555 mm
CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
withstand the maximum load of the
appliance as shown on the data plate located on the inside of
the door (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
the data plate on the inside of the door.
The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension cables
or multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed, the
power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
order to prevent all potential hazards.
The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
these regulations are not observed.
Positioning and levelling
1. Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy oo . If the oor i
uneven, the front feet of the appliance may be adjusted until
it reaches a horizontal position. If the appliance is levelled
correctly, it will be more stable and much less likely to move
or cause vibrations and noise while it is operating.
2. Before recessing the dishwasher, stick the adhesive
transparent strip under the wooden shelf in order to protect
it from any condensation which may form.
3. Place the dishwasher so that its sides or back panel are in
contact with the adjacent cabinets or the wall. This appliance
can also be recessed under a single worktop.
4. To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
bushing on the lower central part at the front of the
dishwasher using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8
mm. Turn the spanner in a clockwise direction to increase the
height and in an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
Dimensions and capacity:
Width 448 mm
Height 820 mm
Depth 555 mm
Capacity 10 standard place-settings
ENGLISH 17
IKEA GUARANTEE
How long is the IKEA guarantee valid?
This guarantee is valid for ve years from the original date of
purchase of your appliance at IKEA. The original sales receipt,
is required as proof of purchase. If service work is carried out
under guarantee, this will not extend the guarantee period for the
appliance.
Who will execute the service?
IKEA service provider will provide the service through its own
service operations or authorized service partner network.
What does this guarantee cover?
The guarantee covers faults of the appliance, which have been
caused by faulty construction or material faults from the date
of purchase from IKEA. This guarantee applies to domestic use
only. The exceptions are specied under the headline “What is not
covered under this guarantee?” Within the guarantee period, the
costs to remedy the fault e.g. repairs, parts, labour and travel will
be covered, provided that the appliance is accessible for repair
without special expenditure. On these conditions the EU guidelines
(Nr. 99/44/EG) and the respective local regulations are applicable.
Replaced parts become the property of IKEA.
What will IKEA do to correct the problem?
IKEA appointed Service Provider will examine the product and
decide, at its sole discretion, if it is covered under this guarantee. If
considered covered, IKEA Service Provider or its authorized service
partner through its own service operations, will then, at its sole
discretion, either repair the defective product or replace it with the
same or a comparable product.
What is not covered under this guarantee?
Normal wear and tear.
Deliberate or negligent damage, damage caused by
failure to observe operating instructions, incorrect
installation or by connection to the wrong voltage,
damage caused by chemical or electrochemical
reaction, rust, corrosion or water damage including
but not limited to damage caused by excessive lime
in the water supply, damage caused by abnormal
environmental conditions.
Consumable parts including batteries and lamps.
Non-functional and decorative parts which do not aect
normal use of the appliance, including any scratches
and possible color dierences.
Accidental damage caused by foreign objects or
substances and cleaning or unblocking of lters,
drainage systems or soap drawers.
Damage to the following parts: ceramic glass,
accessories, crockery and cutlery baskets, feed
and drainage pipes, seals, lamps and lamp covers,
screens, knobs, casings and parts of casings. Unless
such damages can be proved to have been caused by
production faults.
Cases where no fault could be found during a
technician’s visit.
Repairs not carried out by our appointed service
providers and/or an authorized service contractual
partner or where non-original parts have been used.
Repairs caused by installation which is faulty or not
according to specication.
The use of the appliance in a non-domestic environment
i.e. professional use.
Transportation damages. If a customer transports the
product to his home or another address, IKEA is not
liable for any damage that may occur during transport.
However, if IKEA delivers the product to the customer’s
delivery address, then damage to the product that
occurs during this delivery will be covered by IKEA.
Cost for carrying out the initial installation of the IKEA
appliance.
However, if an IKEA appointed Service Provider or its
authorized service partner repairs or replaces the
appliance under the terms of this guarantee, the
appointed Service Provider or its authorized service
partner will reinstall the repaired appliance or install the
replacement, if necessary.
This does not apply within Ireland, customer should
contact the local IKEA dedicated after sales line or the
appointed Service Provider for further information.
(just for GB)
These restrictions do not apply to fault-free work carried out by
a qualied specialist using our original parts in order to adapt
the appliance to the technical safety specications of another EU
country.
How country law applies
The IKEA guarantee gives you specic legal rights, which cover
or exceed all the local legal demands. However these conditions
do not limit in any way consumer rights described in the local
legislation.
Area of validity
For appliances which are purchased in one EU country and taken to
another EU country, the services will be provided in the framework
of the guarantee conditions normal in the new country.
An obligation to carry out services in the framework of the
guarantee exists only if the appliance complies and is installed in
accordance with:
- the technical specications of the country in which the
guarantee claim is made;
- the Assembly Instructions and User Manual Safety Information.
The dedicated AFTER SALES for IKEA appliances
Please don’t hesitate to contact IKEA appointed Authorized Service
Centre to:
make a service request under this guarantee;
ask for clarications on installation of the IKEA appliance in the
dedicated IKEA kitchen furniture;
ask for clarication on functions of IKEA appliances.
To ensure that we provide you with the best assistance, please read
carefully the Assembly Instructions and/or the User Manual before
contacting us.
How to reach us if you need our service
Please refer to the last page
of this manual for the full list
of IKEA appointed Authorized
Service Centre and relative
national phone numbers.
In order to provide you a quicker service, we recommend
to use the specic phone numbers listed on this manual.
Always refer to the numbers listed in the booklet of the
specic appliance you need an assistance for. Please also
always refer to the IKEA article number (8 digit code) and
12 digit service number placed on the rating plate of your
appliance.
SAVE THE SALES RECEIPT!
It is your proof of purchase and required for the guarantee
to apply. The sales receipt also reports the IKEA name and
article number (8 digit code) for each of the appliances you
have purchased.
Do you need extra help?
For any additional questions not related to After Sales of your
appliances please contact your nearest IKEA store call centre.
We recommend you read the appliance documentation carefully
before contacting us.
18
Sicherheitshinweise
Inhaltsverzeichnis
DEUTSCH
Diese Sicherheitsanweisungen vor dem
Gebrauch durchlesen. Diese Anweisungen
zum Nachschlagen leicht zugänglich
aufbewahren.
In diesen Anweisungen sowie auf dem Gerät
selbst werden wichtige Sicherheitshinweise
angegeben, die durchgelesen und stets
beachtet werden müssen. Der Hersteller
übernimmt keine Haftung für die
Nichtbeachtung dieser Sicherheitshinweise,
für unsachgemäße Verwendung des Geräts
oder falsche Bedienungseinstellung.
Babys und Kleinkinder (0-3 Jahre)
müssen vom Gerät ferngehalten werden.
Jüngere Kinder (3-8 Jahre) müssen vom
Gerät ferngehalten werden, es sei denn,
sie werden ständig beaufsichtigt. Dieses
Gerät darf von Kindern ab 8 Jahren sowie
Personen mit herabgesetzten physischen,
sensorischen oder geistigen Fähigkeiten
und Mangel an Erfahrung und Kenntnissen
nur unter Aufsicht oder nach ausreichender
Einweisung durch eine für ihre Sicherheit
verantwortliche Person verwendet werden.
Kinder dürfen nicht mit dem Gerät spielen.
Die Reinigung und Pege des Gerätes
darf von Kindern nicht ohne Aufsicht
durchgeführt werden.
ZULÄSSIGE NUTZUNG
VORSICHT: Das Gerät ist nicht
für den Betrieb mit einem externen
Schalter, wie Timer, oder separatem
Fernbedienungssystem konstruiert.
Dieses Gerät ist für
Haushaltsanwendungen und ähnliche
Anwendungen konzipiert, zum Beispiel:
Mitarbeiterküchen im Einzelhandel, in
Büros oder in anderen Arbeitsbereichen;
Gasthäuser; für Gäste in Hotels, Motels, Bed-
and-Breakfast-Anwendungen und anderen
Wohnumgebungen.
Dieses Gerät ist nicht für den
professionellen Gebrauch ausgelegt. Das
Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im Freien
geeignet.
Die maximale Anzahl an Geschirr ist auf
dem Produktdatenblatt gezeigt.
Die Tür sollte nicht in geöneter Stellung
bleiben - Stolpergefahr. Geönete Tür nur
mit ausgefahrenem Geschirrkorb (und
Geschirr) belasten. Nicht als Arbeitsplatte
oder Sitzgelegenheit verwenden, nicht
darauf stellen.
WARNUNG: Geschirrspülmittel sind
stark alkalisch. Sie können bei Verschlucken
äußerst gefährlich sein. Kontakt mit der
Haut und den Augen vermeiden und
Kinder von dem Geschirrspüler fern halten,
wenn die Tür geönet ist. Nach jedem
Waschzyklus prüfen, dass das Spülmittelfach
leer ist.
WARNUNG: Messer und andere
Utensilien mit scharfen Spitzen müssen
mit der Spitze nach unten in den Korb
oder in horizontaler Position in den
Geschirrspüler gelegt werden - Gefahr von
Schnittverletzungen.
Keine explosiven oder entzündbaren
Stoe (z.B. Benzin oder Sprühdosen)
in dem oder in der Nähe des Gerätes
lagern - Brandgefahr. Das Gerät darf
nur zum Spülen von Haushaltsgeschirr
gemäß den Anweisungen in diesem
Handbuch verwendet werden. Das
Wasser im Gerät ist kein Trinkwasser.
Nur Spülmittel und Klarspüler für
automatische Geschirrspüler verwenden.
Wird Wasserenthärter (Salz) zugegeben,
sofort einen Spülzyklus bei leerem Gerät
ausführen, um Korrosionsschäden an
innenliegenden Bauteilen zu vermeiden.
DE
Sicherheitshinweise 18
Produktbeschreibung 21
Bedienblende 21
Erster Gebrauch 21
Körbe beladen 23
Täglicher Gebrauch 24
Funktionen 25
Reinigung und pege 27
Was tun, wenn... 28
Kundenservice 29
Technische Daten 30
Hinweise zum Umweltschutz 30
Installation 31
IKEA GUARANTEE 32
DEUTSCH 19
Spülmittel, Klarspüler und Regeneriersalz
außerhalb der Reichweite von Kindern
aufbewahren. Vor Wartungsmaßnahmen
die Wasserzufuhr zudrehen und die
Stromversorgung ausstecken oder
unterbrechen. Bei Störungen die Wasser-
und Stromversorgung trennen.
INSTALLATION
Das Gerät muss von zwei oder
mehr Personen gehandhabt und
aufgestellt werden – Verletzungsgefahr.
Schutzhandschuhe zum Auspacken und
zur Installation des Geräts verwenden –
Schnittgefahr.
Die Installation, der Wasseranschluss
(falls vorhanden), der elektrische Anschluss
und eventuelle Reparaturen dürfen
nur von einer Fachkraft durchgeführt
werden. Das Gerät nicht selbst reparieren
und keine Teile austauschen, wenn dies
von der Bedienungsanleitung nicht
ausdrücklich vorgesehen ist. Kinder
vom Installationsort fern halten. Prüfen
Sie das Gerät nach dem Auspacken auf
Transportschäden. Bei auftretenden
Problemen wenden Sie sich bitte an Ihren
Händler oder den Kundenservice. Nach der
Installation müssen Verpackungsabfälle
(Kunststo, Styroporteile usw.)
außerhalb der Reichweite von Kindern
aufbewahrt werden - Erstickungsgefahr.
Das Gerät vor Installationsarbeiten
von der Stromversorgung trennen -
Stromschlaggefahr. Während der Installation
sicherstellen, das Netzkabel nicht mit
dem Gerät selbst zu beschädigen - Brand-
oder Stromschlaggefahr. Das Gerät erst
starten, wenn die Installationsarbeiten
abgeschlossen sind.
Zum Anschließen des Geschirrspülers an die
Wasserversorgung nur neue Schlauchsätze
verwenden. Keine alten Schlauchsätze
wiederverwenden.
Sämtliche Schläuche mit Schellen sichern,
damit sie sich während des Betriebs nicht
lösen.
Besondere Vorschriften des regionalen
Wasserwirtschaftsamts beachten.
Wasserzulaufdruck 0,05-1.0MPa.
Das Gerät muss an der Wand aufgestellt
oder in Möbel eingebaut werden, um den
Zugri auf seine Rückseite zu begrenzen.
Für Geschirrspüler mit Entlüftungsschlitzen
am Boden, dürfen die Schlitze nicht durch
einen Teppich verstopft sein.
Wenn der Geschirrspüler am Ende einer
Reihe von Einheiten installiert wird und die
Seitenverkleidung zugänglich gemacht wird,
muss der Scharnierbereich abgedeckt sein,
um Verletzungsgefahr zu vermeiden.
Die Wasserzulauftemperatur ist abhängig
von dem Geschirrspülermodell. Ist der
installierte Zulaufschlauch mit „25°C Max“
gekennzeichnet, beträgt die maximal
zulässige Wassertemperatur 25°C. Für
alle anderen Modelle ist die maximal
zugelassene Wassertemperatur 60°C.
Die Schläuche nicht schneiden und, bei
Geräten mit Wasserstoppsystem das
Kunststogehäuse mit dem Zulaufschlauch
nicht in Wasser tauchen. Den Fachhändler
kontaktieren, wenn die Schläuche zu kurz
sind. Zu- und Ablaufschlauch knickfrei
verlegen. Vor der ersten Verwendung
des Geräts den Wasserzulauf und den
Ablaufschlauch auf Undichtigkeiten prüfen.
Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die vier Füße fest
auf dem Boden auiegen. Stellen Sie diese
dementsprechend ein. Kontrollieren Sie mit
einer Wasserwaage, dass der Geschirrspüler
vollkommen eben und standfest ist.
Das Gerät nur verwenden, wenn die in
Abbildung 19 dargestellten Abdeckungen in
der Installationsanleitung richtig montiert
sind - Verletzungsgefahr.
HINWEISE ZUR ELEKTRIK
Das Typenschild bendet sich an der Kante
der Geschirrspülertür (bei oener Tür
sichtbar).
Es muss gemäß den Verdrahtungsregeln
möglich sein, den Netzstecker des Gerätes
zu ziehen, oder es mit einem Trennschalter,
welcher der Steckdose vorgeschaltet
ist, auszuschalten. Das Gerät muss im
Einklang mit den nationalen elektrischen
Sicherheitsbestimmungen geerdet sein.
DEUTSCH 20
Verwenden Sie keine
Verlängerungskabel, Mehrfachstecker oder
Adapter. Nach der Installation dürfen Strom
führende Teile für den Benutzer nicht mehr
zugänglich sein. Das Gerät nicht bedienen,
wenn Sie nasse Hände haben oder barfuß
sind. Das Gerät nicht verwenden, wenn das
Netzkabel oder der Stecker beschädigt sind,
wenn es nicht einwandfrei funktioniert,
wenn es heruntergefallen ist oder in
irgendeiner Weise beschädigt wurde.
Wenn das Netzkabel beschädigt ist, muss
es aus Sicherheitsgründen vom Hersteller,
von seinem Kundendienstvertreter oder
einer ähnlich qualizierten Fachkraft mit
einem identischen Kabel ersetzt werden -
Stromschlaggefahr.
Passt der mitgelieferte Stecker nicht zur
Steckdose, einen qualizierten Techniker
kontaktieren.
Ziehen Sie nicht am Netzkabel. Tauchen Sie
das Netzkabel oder den Stecker nicht ins
Wasser. Halten Sie das Netzkabel fern von
heißen Oberächen.
REINIGUNG UND PFLEGE
WARNUNG: Vor der Durchführung
von Wartungsarbeiten, sicherstellen,
dass das Gerät ausgeschaltet und von
der Stromversorgung getrennt ist -
Stromschlaggefahr. Verwenden Sie keine
Dampfreinigungsgeräte
Das Gerät nicht selbst reparieren und
keine Teile austauschen, wenn dies
von der Bedienungsanleitung nicht
ausdrücklich vorgesehen ist. Wenden Sie
sich ausschließlich an den autorisierten
Kundendienst. Eigen- oder nicht
fachgerechte Reparaturen könnten
zu gefährlichen Unfällen führen, die
Verletzungen und/oder erhebliche
Sachschäden verursachen könnten.
DEUTSCH 21
Produktbeschreibung
1 Oberkorb
2 Besteckschublade
3 Oberkorb Höhenversteller
4 Oberer Sprüharm
5 Unterkorb
6 Besteckkorb
7 Unterer Sprüharm
8 Filtereinheit
9 Salzbehälter
10 Spülmittel und Klarspülerspender
11 Bedienblende
Bedienblende
Erster Gebrauch
Hinweise zur ersten Inbetriebnahme
Nach Abschluss der Installation die Puer an den Körben und
die Rückhaltegummis vom oberen Korb entfernen.
Salzbehälter befüllen
Mit der Verwendung von Salz werden KALKABLAGERUNGEN
auf dem Geschirr und den funktionalen Komponenten des
Geschirrspülers verhindert.
DER SALZBEHÄLTER DARF NIE LEER SEIN.
Es ist wichtig, die Wasserhärte einzustellen.
Der Salzbehälter bendet sich im Geschirrspülerboden (siehe
PRODUKTBESCHREIBUNG) und muss aufgefüllt werden, wenn
die SALZNACHFÜLLANZEIGE
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
der Bedienblende leuchtet.
1. Ziehen Sie den Unterkorb
heraus und schrauben Sie den
Salzbehälterdeckel gegen den
Uhrzeigersinn ab.
2. Nur beim ersten Mal: Befüllen
Sie den Salzbehälter mit
Wasser.
3. Setzen Sie den Trichter auf
(siehe Abbildung) und füllen
Sie den Behälter bis zum Rand
mit Salz (ca. 1 kg); es ist normal,
wenn etwas Wasser ausläuft.
4. Den Trichter abnehmen und die
Salzreste vom Önungsrand
entfernen.
1 Ein-Aus/Reset Taste mit Anzeigelicht
2 Programmwahl-Taste
3 Anzeigelicht zum Salz auüllen
4 Anzeigelicht zum Klarspüler auüllen
5 Programmnummer und Verzögerungszeit-Anzeige
6 Tab-Anzeigelicht
7 Display
8 Flexibles Spülen Anzeigelicht
9 Flexibles Spülen-Taste
10 Startvorwahl-Taste
11 Kurzzeit-Taste mit Anzeigelicht
12 Extra Dry-Taste mit Anzeigelicht
13 START/Pause-Taste mit Anzeigelicht/Tab
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13
7
2
65°
1
50°
56
10 PROGRAMS
3
50°
4
45°
7
50°
8
65°
10
50°-60° 50°
9
65°
h
3sec
4
2
7
8
10
1
3
5
6
9
11
0000 000 00000
Service:
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13
7
2
65°
1
50°
56
10 PROGRAMS
3
50°
4
45°
7
50°
8
65°
10
50°-60° 50°
9
65°
h
3sec
4
2
7
8
10
1
3
5
6
9
11
0000 000 00000
Service:
DEUTSCH 22
Sicherstellen, dass der Deckel fest angeschraubt ist, so dass kein
Spülmittel während dem Waschprogramm in den Behälter gelangt
(dies könnte den Wasserenthärter irreparabel beschädigen).
Sobald dieses Verfahren abgeschlossen ist, ein Programm ohne
Beladung laufen lassen. Das „Vorspül“-Programm allein ist NICHT
AUSREICHEND. Übergelaufene Salzlösung bzw. Salzkörner können
zu Korrosion führen und den Edelstahlbehälter beschädigen.
Für Reklamationen in diesem Zusammenhang, kann von uns keine
Garantieleistung übernommen werden.
Verwenden Sie bitte nur Spezialsalz für Geschirrspüler.
Wenn der Salzbehälter nicht gefüllt ist, könnten
Kesselsteinablagerungen den Wasserenthärter und das
Heizelement beschädigen. Die Verwendung von Salz wird bei
jeder Art von Geschirrspülmittel empfohlen.
Immer wenn Sie Salz zugeben müssen, ist es zwingend
vorgeschrieben, diesen Vorgang vor dem Beginn des
Spülgangs auszuführen, um Korrosion zu vermeiden.
Wasserhärte einstellen
Damit der Wasserenthärter perfekt arbeiten kann, muss die
Wasserhärte je nach der aktuellen Wasserhärte in Ihrem Haus
eingestellt werden. Diese Information erhalten sie bei Ihrem
örtlichen Wasserversorger. Das Werk stellt den Standardwert für
die Wasserhärte ein.
Gerät mit der EIN/AUS-Taste einschalten.
Gerät mit der EIN/AUS-Taste ausschalten.
Die Taste
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





5 Sekunden lang gedrückt halten, bis Sie einen
Piepton hören.
Gerät mit der EIN/AUS-Taste einschalten.
Die Nummer der aktuell ausgewählten Stufe und die
Salznachfüllanzeige blinken.
Drücken Sie die Taste
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





um die gewünschte Härtestufe
auszuwählen (siehe WASSERHÄRTE-TABELLE).
Gerät mit der EIN/AUS-Taste ausschalten. Die Einstellung ist
abgeschlossen!
Wasserhärte-Tabelle
Stufe °dH
Deut.
Härtegr.
°fH
Französischer
Härtegr.
°Clark
Englische
Härtegr.
1 Weich 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 7
2 Mittel 7 - 11 11 - 20 8 - 14
3 Durchschnittlich 12 - 16 21 - 29 15 - 20
4 Hart 17 - 34 30 - 60 21 - 42
5 Sehr hart 35 - 50 61 - 90 43 - 62
Klarspülerspender auüllen
Klarspüler macht das TROCKNEN von Geschirr einfacher.
Der Klarspülerspender A muss aufgefüllt werden, wenn das
KLARSPÜLER AUFFÜLLEN Anzeigelicht
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
auf der Bedienblende
leuchtet.
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





1. Den Behälter
B
durch Drücken und Anheben der Zunge am
Deckel önen.
2. Den Klarspüler vorsichtig bis zur maximalen
Füllstandsmarkierung (110 ml) an der Füllönung einfüllen
und ein Überlaufen vermeiden. Andernfalls sofort mit einem
trockenen Tuch abwischen.
3. Den Deckel schließen bis er einrastet.
4. Füllen Sie den Klarspüler NIEMALS direkt ins Innere des
Geschirrspülers.
Klarspülerdosierung
Sollte das Trockenergebnis unzufriedenstellend sein, kann die
Klarspülerdosierung neu eingestellt werden.
Den Geschirrspüler mit der Taste EIN/AUS einschalten.
Mit der Taste EIN/AUS ausschalten.
Drücken Sie die Taste
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





drei Mal - ein Piepton ertönt.
Mit der Taste EIN/AUS einschalten.
Die Nummer der aktuell ausgewählten Stufe und die
Klarspülernachfüllanzeige blinken.
Drücken Sie die Taste
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





, um den Stand der gelieferten
Klarspülermenge auszuwählen.
Mit der Taste EIN/AUS ausschalten.
Die Einstellung ist abgeschlossen!
Die Klarspülerstufe kann auf NULL eingestellt werden. In diesem
Fall wird kein Klarspüler ausgegeben. Die Kontrollleuchte zur
ANZEIGE DES FEHLENDEN KLARSPÜLERS leuchtet nicht mehr
auf. Je nach Gerätemodell können bis max. 5 Stufen eingestellt
werden. Die Werkseinstellung ist abhängig vom Modell. Bitte
befolgen Sie die Anweisungen oben, um dies für Ihr Gerät zu
überprüfen.
Wenn Sie bläuliche Streifen auf dem Geschirr sehen, stellen Sie
eine niedrigere Zahl ein (1-2).
Wenn Wassertropfen oder Kalkablagerungen auf dem Geschirr
sind, eine höhere Zahl einstellen (3-4).
Einfüllen des Spülmittels
Die Verwendung von Spülmittel, das nicht für Geschirrspüler
entwickelt wurde, ist, kann zu Funktionsstörungen oder Schäden
am Gerät führen.
Die besten Spül- und Trockenergebnisse erhalten Sie nur durch
den kombinierten Einsatz von Spülmittel, üssigem Klarspüler
und Regeneriersalz. Es wird dringend empfohlen, phosphat- und
chlorfreie Spülmitteln zu verwenden, die Umwelt nicht zu sehr
belasten. Ein gutes Spülergebnis hängt auch von einer korrekten
Spülmitteldosierung ab.
Eine zu hohe Dosierung ist nicht gleichzusetzen mit einem
besseren Spülergebnis, man belastet dadurch nur die Umwelt. Die
Dosierung kann dem jeweiligen Verschmutzungsgrad angepasst
werden. Bei einer normalen Verschmutzung ca.
25 g (in Pulverform) bzw. 25 ml (üssig) verwenden und einen
zusätzlichen Teelöel Spülmittel direkt in den Geschirrspüler
geben. Werden Spülmitteltabs verwendet, reicht ein Tab aus.
Für nur leicht verschmutztes Geschirr, oder für Geschirr, das
vorher unter laufendem Wasser abgespült wurde, kann die
Spülmittelmenge erheblich reduziert werden (Minimum 20 g/ml)
z.B das Pulver/Gel nicht in das Gerät geben.
Drücken Sie zum Önen des Spülmittelfachs Taste C.
Füllen Sie das Spülmittel ausschließlich in das trockene Fach
D ein.
Die für den Vorspülgang benötigte Spülmittelmenge wird
direkt in den Geschirrspüler gegeben.
1. Hinsichtlich der Dosierung
verweisen wir auf die zuvor
erwähnte Information, in
der die richtige Menge
angegeben ist. Im Fach
D
sind Anzeigen, die bei der
Spülmitteldosierung helfen.
2. Entfernen Sie eventuelle
Spülmittelrückstände von
den Kanten der Kammern
und schließen Sie den Deckel
so, dass er einrastet.
3. Schieben Sie den Deckel der Spülmittelkammer zum Schließen
nach oben, bis er einrastet.
Die Spülmittelkammer önet sich automatisch zum richtigen
Zeitpunkt des jeweils gewählten Programms. Werden
Kombispülmittel verwendet, dann empfehlen wir, die Option TAB
zu verwenden.
Damit werden die Programme dem verwendeten Spülmittel
angepasst, um das bestmögliche Spülergebnis zu erhalten.
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





C
D
BA
DEUTSCH 23
Empfehlungen
Bevor Sie das Geschirr in den Geschirrspüler einräumen,
befreien Sie es von Speiserückständen und entleeren Sie Gläser
und Behälter von Flüssigkeitsresten. Es ist nicht notwendig, das
Geschirr unter ießendem Wasser vorzuspülen.
Stellen Sie das Geschirr so ein, dass es fest steht und nicht
umfallen kann Behälter müssen mit der Önung nach unten
eingestellt werden und hohle oder gewölbte Teile müssen
schräg stehen, damit das Wasser alle Oberächen erreicht und
dann abießen kann.
Warnung: Achten Sie darauf, dass Deckel, Grie, Töpfe und
Tabletts die Drehung der Sprüharme nicht behindern.
Stellen Sie kleine Gegenstände in den Besteckkorb. Stark
verschmutztes Geschirr und Töpfe sollten in dem Unterkorb
untergebracht werden, da in diesem Bereich die Wasserstrahlen
stärker sind und eine höhere Spülleistung garantieren.
Stellen Sie nach Einräumen des Geschirrs sicher, dass sich die
Sprüharme frei bewegen können.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Besteckkorb
Die dritte Schublade wurde für das
Hineinlegen von Besteck entwickelt.
Platzieren Sie das Besteck wie
abgebildet.
Eine getrennte Anordnung des
Bestecks macht das Sortieren nach
dem Spülen einfacher und verbessert
die Spül- und Trockenleistung.
Messer und andere
Küchenutensilien mit scharfen
Spitzen sind mit nach unten
gerichteter Schneide in
einzuordnen.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Oberkorb
Hier sortieren Sie empndliches und
leichtes Geschirr ein: Gläser, Tassen,
kleine Teller, ache Schüsseln.
Der Oberkorb verfügt über klappbare
Halterungen, die in vertikaler
Stellung für Untertassen oder
Dessertteller oder in einer tieferen
Stellung für Schüsseln und sonstige
Behältnisse verwendet werden
können.
(Sortierbeispiel für den Oberkorb)
Höheneinstellung des Oberkorbs
Der Oberkorb kann in der Höhe
verstellt werden:
stellen Sie ihn in die oberste Position,
wenn Sie großes Geschirr in den
Unterkorb einräumen wollen. Wenn
Sie eher die klappbaren Bereiche
nutzen wollen, dann stellen Sie ihn in
die untere Position. Somit vermeiden
Sie Zusammenstoßen mit dem
Geschirr im Unterkorb.
Der Oberkorb ist mit einem Oberkorb Höhenversteller (siehe
Abbildung) ausgestattet. Ohne Drücken der Hebel kann er
einfach durch Heben der Korbseiten angehoben werden, sobald
der Korb stabil in seiner unteren Stellung ist.
Um den Korb zurück in die untere Stellung zu bringen, drücken
Sie die Hebel A an den Seiten des Korbs und schieben Sie ihn
nach unten.
Es empehlt sich, die Höhe des Oberkorbes bei leerem Korb
zu regulieren. Heben oder senken Sie den Korb NIEMALS nur
an einer Seite.
Klappbare Ablagen mit verstellbarer
Position
Die seitlichen klappbaren Ablagen
können aus- oder eingeklappt werden,
um beim Einräumen des Geschirrs den
Platz im Korb optimal auszunutzen.
Stielgläser können an den Ablagen
stabilisiert werden, indem sie mit dem
Stiel in die vorgesehene Aussparung
gestellt werden.
Je nach Modell:
Zum Ausklappen der Ablagen,
müssen diese nach oben geschoben
und gedreht oder aus den
Schnappern gelöst und nach unten
gezogen werden.
Zum Einklappen der Ablagen, müssen
diese gedreht und nach unten
geschoben oder nach oben gezogen
und an den Schnappern befestigt
werden.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Unterkorb
Für Töpfe, Deckel, Teller,
Salatschüsseln, Besteck usw. Große
Teller und Deckel sollten idealerweise
an die Seiten gelegt werden, um nicht
mit dem Sprüharm in Kontakt zu
kommen.
Der Unterkorb verfügt über klappbare
Ablagen, die in vertikaler Stellung
für Teller oder in horizontaler
(niedriger) Position für Pfannen und
Salatschüsseln verwendet werden
können.
(Sortierbeispiel für den Unterkorb)
Ungeeignetes Geschirr
Besteck und Geschirr aus Holz.
Empndliche Dekorgläser, handgemachte Teller und antikes
Geschirr. Die Dekore sind nicht spülmaschinenfest.
Nicht temperaturbeständige Kunststoteile.
Geschirr aus Kupfer und Zinn.
Mit Asche, Wachs, Schmieröl oder Tinte verschmutztes
Geschirr.
Glasdekore, Aluminium- und Silberteile können während des
Spülgangs die Farbe verändern und ausbleichen. Auch einige
Glasarten (z.B. Kristallgegenstände) können nach mehreren
Spülgängen matt werden.
Schäden an Glas und Geschirr
Spülen Sie nur Gläser und Geschirr in Ihrem Geschirrspüler,
die vom Hersteller als spülmaschinenfest ausgezeichnet sind.
Verwenden Sie ein Feinspülmittel für Geschirr
Nehmen Sie Gläser und Besteck so bald wie möglich nach
Ablauf des Programms aus der Spülmaschine.
Hygiene
Um Gerüche und Ablagerung, die sich in dem Geschirrspüler
ansetzen können zu vermeiden, bitte mindestens einmal
monatlich ein Hochtemperaturprogramm laufen lassen. Einen
Teelöel Spülmittel verwenden und ohne Geschirr laufen lassen,
um Ihr Gerät zu reinigen.
Körbe beladen
DEUTSCH 24
1. Anschluss an die Wasserleitung prüfen
Sicherstellen, dass der Geschirrspüler an die Wasserleitung
angeschlossen und der Wasserhahn auf ist.
2. Geschirrspüler einschalten
Tür önen und EIN-/AUS-Taste drücken.
3. Körbe beladen (siehe KÖRBE BELADEN)
4. Einfüllen des Spülmittels
(siehe EINFÜLLEN DES SPÜLMITTELS).
5. Programm wählen und das Programm anpassen
Das am besten geeignete Programm je nach
Besteckart und Verschmutzungsgrad auswählen (siehe
PROGRAMMBESCHREIBUNG) durch Drücken der Taste
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
.
Die gewünschten Optionen auswählen (siehe FUNKTIONEN).
6. Start
Starten Sie das Spülprogramm mit der Taste START/Pause
(LED wechselt von blinkend auf leuchtend) und schließen Sie
die Tür innerhalb von 4 Sek. Bei Programmstart ertönt ein
einzelner Piepton. Wenn die Tür nicht innerhalb von 4 Sek.
geschlossen wurde, ertönt der akustische Alarm. Önen Sie
in diesem Fall die Tür, drücken Sie die Taste START/Pause und
schließen Sie die Tür erneut innerhalb von 4Sekunden.
7. Ende des Spülprogramms
Das Ende des Spülvorgangs wird durch Pieptöne und das
Blinken der Programmnummer auf dem Display angezeigt.
Die Tür önen und das Gerät mit der EIN/AUS-Taste
ausschalten.
Vor Entnahme des Bestecks einige Minuten warten - um
Verbrennungen zu vermeiden. Die Körbe entladen, mit dem
Unteren beginnen.
Die Maschine schaltet sich automatisch während
bestimmter überschrittener Zeiten der Inaktivität aus,
um den Stromverbrauch zu reduzieren. Für nur leicht
verschmutztes Geschirr, oder für Geschirr, das vorher
unter laufendem Wasser abgespült wurde, kann die
Spülmittelmenge erheblich reduziert werden.
Ein laufendes Programm ändern
Wenn ein falsches Programm ausgewählt wurde, kann es
geändert werden, wenn es gerade erst gestartet wurde: die Tür
önen, die EIN/AUS-Taste drücken und gedrückt halten, um die
Maschine auszuschalten.
Die Maschine mit der EIN/AUS-Taste wieder einschalten und
das neue Spülprogramm und die gewünschten Optionen
auswählen; das Spülprogramm durch Drücken der Taste START/
Pause starten und innerhalb von 4 Sek. die Tür schließen.
Hinzufügen von weiterem Geschirr
Ohne die Maschine auszuschalten, die Tür önen (START/
Pause LED beginnt zu blinken) (Vorsicht HEISSER Dampf!) und
das Geschirr in den Geschirrspüler geben. Die Taste START/
Pause drücken und innerhalb von 4 Sek. die Tür schließen; das
Programm läuft automatisch weiter, wo es unterbrochen wurde.
Unbeabsichtigtes Unterbrechen des Spülprogramms
Wird während des Spülgangs die Gerätetür geönet, oder sollte
ein Stromausfall stattnden, wird der Spülgang unterbrochen.
Die Taste START/Pause drücken und innerhalb von 4 Sek. die
Tür schließen; das Programm läuft automatisch weiter, wo es
unterbrochen wurde.
Täglicher Gebrauch
Energiespartipps
Wenn der Geschirrspüler entsprechend den
Herstellerangaben verwendet wird, verbraucht das Spülen
von Geschirr im Geschirrspüler üblicherweise weniger
Energie und Wasser als das Spülen von Hand.
Um die Ezienz des Geschirrspülers zu maximieren
wird empfohlen, den Spülgang zu beginnen, wenn der
Geschirrspüler voll beladen
Das Beladen des Geschirrspülers bis zum vom Hersteller
angegebenen Fassungsvermögen trägt dazu bei, Energie und
Wasser zu sparen. Informationen zum richtigen Einräumen
des Geschirrs nden Sie im Kapitel Beladen. Bei teilweiser
Beladung wird empfohlen, spezielle Spülgangoptionen
(exibles spülen) zu verwenden und nur ausgewählte
Körbe einzuräumen. Falsches Beladen oder Überladen des
Geschirrspülers kann den Ressourcenverbrauch erhöhen (z.
B. Wasser, Strom und Zeit sowie den Geräuschpegel)) und die
Reinigungs- und Trocknungsleistung verringern.
Manuelles Vorspülen des Geschirrs führt zu erhöhtem
Wasser- und Energieverbrauch und wird nicht empfohlen.
DEUTSCH 25
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
FLEXIBLES SPÜLEN
Haben Sie nur wenig Geschirr zu spülen, wählen
Sie den Spülgang Halbe Füllung. Sie sparen Wasser,
Strom und Spülmittel.
Wählen Sie das Programm und drücken Sie dann
die Taste FLEXIBLES SPÜLEN: das Symbol des
ausgewählten Korbs erscheint auf dem Display.
Standardmäßig wäscht das Gerät das Geschirr in
allen Körben.
Drücken Sie diese Taste wiederholt, um nur einen
bestimmten Korb zu spülen:
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
gezeigt auf dem Display (nur Unterkorb)
gezeigt auf dem Display (nur Oberkorb)
gezeigt auf dem Display (nur Besteckschublade)
gezeigt auf dem Display (Option ist AUS und das
Gerät wäscht Geschirr in allen Körben).
Denken Sie daran, nur den Ober- oder Unterkorb zu füllen, und
die Menge an Spülmittel entsprechend zu reduzieren. Wenn der
Oberkorb entfernt ist, das Spülmittel direkt in das Gerät geben
anstatt ins Spülmittelfach.
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
STARTZEITVORWAHL
Der Programmstartzeit kann um eine Zeit von 1 bis 12
Stunden verzögert werden.
1. Drücken Sie die Taste STARTVERZÖGERUNG: Das
entsprechende Symbol „h“ erscheint auf dem Display;
bei jedem Drücken der Taste, erhöht sich die Zeit (1
Std., 2 Std., usw. bis zu max. 12 Std.) ab dem Start des
ausgewählten Spülprogramms.
2. Wählen Sie das Spülprogramm, drücken Sie die
Taste START/Pause-Taste und schließen Sie innerhalb
von 4 Sekunden die Tür: die Zeitschaltuhr beginnt mit
der Rückzählung.
3. Nach Ablauf dieser Zeit, schaltet sich das
Anzeigelicht „h“ aus und das Programm beginnt
automatisch. Um die Startverzögerung anzupassen
und eine kürzere Dauer auszuwählen, die Taste
STARTVERZÖGERUNG drücken. Um abzubrechen,
die Taste wiederholt drücken, bis das ausgewählte
Startverzögerung-Anzeigelicht „h“ aus geht.
Bei bereits in Gang gesetztem Programm ist eine
Startzeitvorwahl nicht mehr möglich.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
KURZZEIT
Diese Option kann verwendet werden um die
Dauer der Hauptprogramme zu reduzieren,
unter Beibehaltung derselben Spül- und
Trockenleistungsgrade. Nach der Auswahl des
Programms, drücken Sie die KURZZEIT-Taste und das
Anzeigelicht leuchtet auf. Durch erneuten Druck auf
die Taste wird die Option deaktiviert.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
EXTRA DRY
Um die Trocknung des Geschirrs zu verbessern, nach
der Programmauswahl die Taste EXTRA DRY drücken
und das Anzeigelicht leuchtet auf. Eine höhere
Temperatur während des letzten Spülgangs und ein
längerer Trockengang verbessern die Trocknung
des Geschirrs. Durch erneuten Druck auf die Taste
wird die Option deaktiviert. Die Option EXTRA DRY
verlängert die Programmdauer.
 
Check that the dishwasher is connected to the water supply
and that the tap is open.
 
Open the door and press the ON/OFF button.


(see LOADING THE RACKS)

(see PROGRAMS TABLE).




Select the most appropriate program in accordance with the
type of crockery and its soiling level (see PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION) by pressing the button.
Select the desired options (see OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS).

Start the wash cycle by pressing START/Pause button (led
is lit) and closing the door within 4 sec. When the program
starts you hear a single beep. If the door was not closed within
4sec., the alarm sound will be played. In this case, open the
door, press START/Pause button and close the door again
within 4 sec.

The end of the wash cycle is indicated by beeps and by the
ashing of the wash cycle number on the display. Open the
door and switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF
button.
Wait for a few minutes before removing the crockery - to avoid
burns. Unload the racks, beginning with the lower one.






If a wrong program was selected, it is possible to change it, pro-
vided that it has only just begun: open the door, press and hold
the  button, the machine will switch off.
Switch the machine back on using the  button and select
the new wash cycle and any desired options; Start the wash cycle
by pressing  button and closing the door within 4 sec.

Without switching off the machine, open the door (
led starts blinking) () and place the
crockery inside the dishwasher. Press the  button
and close the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the
point at which it was interrupted.

If the door is opened during the wash cycle, or if there is a power
cut, the cycle stops. Press the  button and close
the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the point at
which it was interrupted.
DAILY USE
Functions
 - Normally soiled crockery. Standard program, the most efficient in terms of its combined energy and water
consumption.
  - Mixed soil. For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues.
 - Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used
for delicate items).
  - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
  - Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning performance in shorter time.
  - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform
maintenance of the dishwasher.
  - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance
using hot water.
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
see PROGRAMS TABLE󵘍 󵄔 󵠆 󶋁


If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half load
cycle may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent. Select the program and press the HALF LOAD
button: the indicator light will light up. Press the HALF
LOAD button to deselect this option.

To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.



This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).


1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
– enabled – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
TAB
Diese Einstellung erlaubt, die Spülleistung des
Programms je nach verwendetem Spülmitteltyp zu
optimieren.
Drücken Sie die Taste START/PAUSE 3 Sekunden
lang (das entsprechende Symbol leuchtet), wenn Sie
kombinierte Spülmittel in Tablettenform verwenden
(Klarspüler, Salz und Spülmittel in einer Tablette).
Wenn Sie Pulver oder Flüssigspülmittel
verwenden, muss diese Option ausgeschaltet sein.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
BETRIEBSANZEIGE
Eine auf den Boden projizierte LED zeigt an, dass
der Geschirrspüler in Betrieb ist. Eine der folgenden
Betriebsarten kann ausgewählt werden:
a) Deaktivierte Funktion.
b) Wenn das Programm startet schaltet sich das
Licht für einige Sekunden ein, bleibt während
dem Programm ausgeschaltet und blinkt zu
Programmende.
c) Das Licht bleibt während dem Programm an und
blinkt zu Programmende (Standardbetriebsweise).
Wenn der verzögerte Start ausgewählt wurde,
schaltet sich das Licht entweder die ersten paar
Sekunden an oder bleibt während der gesamten
Dauer der Rückzählung an, je nachdem ob b) oder c)
eingestellt wurde. Das Licht geht aus, sobald die Tür
geönet wird.
Um die bevorzugte Betriebsart auszuwählen, die
Maschine einschalten, die Taste
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





gedrückt halten,
bis einer der drei Buchstaben auf dem Display
erscheint, die Taste
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





drücken, bis der gewünschte
Buchstabe (oder Betriebsweise) erreicht ist, die Taste
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





gedrückt halten, um die Auswahl zu bestätigen.
Hinweis: Wenn NaturalDry aktiv ist und die Tür önet,
blinkt die Betriebsanzeige bei Ende des Spülgangs
nicht.
NATURALDRY
Das Türönungssystem NaturalDry ist ein
Heißlufttrocknungssystem, das die Tür während/nach der
Trockenphase automatisch önet, um täglich hervorragende
Trockenleistung sicherzustellen. Die Tür önet sich bei einer
Temperatur, die für Ihre Küchenmöbel ungefährlich ist. Als
zusätzlicher Dampfschutz wird dem Geschirrspüler eine
speziell entwickelte Schutzfolie beigefügt. Für die Montage der
Schutzfolie siehe (MONTAGEANLEITUNG).
Die NaturalDry-Funktion könnte wie folgt durch den Benutzer
deaktiviert werden:
1. Gehen Sie zum Betriebsanzeige-Menü wie im letzten Schritt
und halten Sie
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





gedrückt, bis das Menü erscheint.
2. Halten Sie
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





erneut 6 Sekunden lang gedrückt, um zum
NaturalDry-Menü zu gelangen.
3. Sie haben auf das Menü NaturalDry-Steuerung umgeschaltet.
Sie können nun durch Drücken der Taste
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





den Status der
NaturalDry-Funktion ändern:
E – aktiviert d – deaktiviert
Zum Bestätigen der Änderung und zum Verlassen des
Steuerungsmenüs drücken und halten Sie bitte die
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





Taste
(3 Sek.).
DOOR OPENING
Eco 50° nach 165 min
AUTO 50° - 60° 80-170 min*
Intensiv 65° Programmende
Schnelles Spülen 30’ 50° N/A
Schnelles Spülen und Trocknen
50°
Programmende
Glas 45° Programmende
Leise 50° (Nachtprogramm) Programmende
Hygiene 65° N/A
Vorspülen N/A
Selbstreinigung 65° N/A
* abhängig von den Einstellungen
Funktionen
DEUTSCH 26
Programm
Trocken-
phase
Natural
Dry
Verfügbare
Funktionen*)
Dauer des
Spülprogamms
(h:min)**)
Wasser-
verbrauch
(Liter/Progr.)
Energie-
verbrauch
(kWh/Progr.)
1 Eco
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
3:40 8.7 0.59
2 Auto
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50-60°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3 Intensiv
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Schnelles Spülen
30’
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50° - -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:30 9.0 0.50
5 Schnelles Spülen
und Trocknen
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:20 10.0 1.10
6 Glas
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
45°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:40 12.0 1.00
7 Nachtspülen
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
3:35 16.5 1.00
8 Hygiene
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
-
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:40 12.0 1.30
9 Vorspülen
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
- -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Selbstreinigend
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65° - -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:50 9.5 0.70
Die ECO-Programmdaten sind Labormessdaten, die gemäß der
europäischen Vorschrift EN 60436:2019 erfasst wurden.
Hinweis für Prüabore: Für Informationen zu Vergleichs-EN-
Testbedingungen senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an die folgende
Adresse: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Eine Vorbehandlung des Geschirrs ist vor keinem Programm
erforderlich.
*) Nicht alle Optionen können gleichzeitig verwendet werden.
**) Die für andere Programme als das Eco-Programm
angegebenen Werte sind nur Richtwerte. Die aktuelle Zeit
kann auf Grundlage von mehreren Faktoren, wie Temperatur
und Druck des eintretenden Wassers, Raumtemperatur,
Spülmittelmenge, Menge und Art der Beladung, Lastausgleich,
zusätzlich gewählte Optionen und Sensoreichung variieren.
1. ECO - Das Eco-Programm eignet sich zum Reinigen
von normal verschmutztem Geschirr und ist für diese
Verwendung hinsichtlich des Wasser- und Stromverbrauchs
das eektivste Programm zur Einhaltung der EU-Ökodesign-
Rechtsvorschriften.
2. AUTO - Für normal verschmutztes Geschirr mit trockenen
Speiseresten. Erfasst den Grad der Verschmutzung auf dem
Geschirr und passt das Programm entsprechend an. Wenn
der Sensor den Grad der Verschmutzung erfasst, wird im
Display eine Animation angezeigt und die Programmdauer
wird aktualisiert.
3. INTENSIV - Für sehr schmutziges Geschirr empfohlen,
besonders geeignet für Töpfe und Pfannen (nicht für
empndliches Geschirr verwenden).
4. SCHNELL SPÜLEN 30’ - Programm für begrenzte Menge
an normal verschmutztem Geschirr. Garantiert optimale
Reinigungsleistung in kürzester Zeit.
5. SCHNELLES SPÜLEN UND TROCKNEN - Normal
verschmutztes Geschirr. Täglicher Zyklus, der optimale
Reinigungs- und Trockenleistung in kürzester Zeit garantiert.
6. GLAS - EIN PROGRAMM FÜR EMPFINDLICHES GESCHIRR, DAS
EMPFINDLICHER AUF HÖHERE TEMPERATUREN REAGIERT,
WIE GLÄSER UND TASSEN.
7. SILENT - Geeignet für den Nachtbetrieb des Gerätes.
Garantiert optimale Reinigungs- und Trockenleistung bei
niedrigstem Lärmpegel.
8. HYGIENE - Normal oder stark verschmutztes Geschirr
mit zusätzlichem antibakteriellem Spülgang. Kann für die
Wartung des Geschirrspülers verwendet werden.
9. VORSPÜLEN - Verwendet, um Geschirr einzuweichen, das
später gespült werden soll. Für dieses Programm wird kein
Spülmittel verwendet.
10. SELBSTREINIGUNG - Programm, das für die Pege des
Geschirrspüler zu verwenden ist. Es ist nur bei LEEREM
Geschirrspüler und mit speziellen Reinigungsmitteln für die
Pege des Geschirrspülers auszuführen.
Hinweise: Bitte beachten Sie, dass der Zyklus FAST WASH für
leicht verschmutztes Geschirr bestimmt ist.
FUNKTIONEN kann direkt durch Drücken der entsprechenden
Taste ausgewählt werden (siehe BEDIENBLENDE).
Wenn eine Funktion nicht mit dem ausgewählten Programm
kompatibel ist siehe PROGRAMMTABELLE, blinken die
entsprechenden LED 3 Mal schnell und ein Piepton ertönt.
Die Option wird nicht aktiviert.
DEUTSCH 27
ACHTUNG: Ziehen Sie den Netzstecker aus der Steckdose, bevor
Sie Ihren Geschirrspüler reinigen oder Wartungsmaßnahmen
getroen werden. Keine brennbaren Flüssigkeiten zur
Reinigung der Maschine verwenden.
Reinigung des Geschirrspülers
Zur Beseitigung von evtl. Flecken im Innenraum des Gerätes
verwenden Sie ein feuchtes Tuch, auf das Sie etwas weißen Essig
träufeln.
Die Gehäuseteile und die Bedienblende können mit einem
mit Wasser angefeuchteten, weichen Tuch gereinigt werden.
Vermeiden Sie Löse- und Scheuermittel.
Vermeidung von Geruchsbildung
Lassen Sie die Gerätetür stets nur angelehnt; auf diese Weise
kann sich keine Feuchtigkeit ansammeln. Die Dichtungen
der Tür und der Spülmittelfächer sollten regelmäßig mit
einem feuchten Tuch gereinigt werden. Sie vermeiden so die
Ansammlung von Speiseresten, der hauptsächlichen Ursache
von Geruchsbildung im Geschirrspüler.
Den Wasserzulaufschlauch prüfen
Den Zulaufschlauch regelmäßig auf Sprödigkeit und Risse
prüfen. Bei Beschädigung, den Schlauch mit einem neuen
ersetzen. Dieser ist bei unserem Kundendienst oder Ihrem
Händler verfügbar. Je nach Schlauchart:
ENGLISH
10
Cleaning and maintenance
ATTENTION: Always unplug the appliance when cleaning it
and when performing maintenance work. Do not use flammable
liquids to clean the machine.
CLEANING THE DISHWASHER
Any marks on the inside of the appliance may be
removed using a cloth dampened with water and
a little vinegar.
The external surfaces of the machine and the
control panel can be cleaned using a non-abrasive
cloth which has been dampened with water. Do
not use solvents or abrasive products.
PREVENTING UNPLEASANT ODOURS
Always keep the door of the appliance ajar in order to avoid mo-
isture from forming and being trapped inside the machine.
Clean the seals around the door and detergent dispensers regu-
larly using a damp sponge. This will avoid food becoming trapped
in the seals, which is the main cause behind the formation of
unpleasant odours.
CHEKING THE WATER SUPPLY HOSE
Check the inlet hose regularly for brittleness and cracks. If dama-
ged, replace it by a new hose available through our After-Sales
Service or your specialist dealer. Depending on the hose type:
If the inlet hose has a transparent coating, periodically check if
the colour intensifies locall . If yes, the hose may have a leak and
should be replaced.
For water stop hoses: check the small safety valve inspection
window (see arrow). If it is red, the water stop function was trig-
gered, and the hose must be replaced by a new one.
For unscrewing this hose, press the release button while unscre-
wing the hose.
CLEANING THE WATER INLET HOSE
If the water hoses are new or have not been used for an exten-
ded period of time, let the water run to make sure it is clear and
free of impurities before performing the necessary connections. If
this precaution is not taken, the water inlet could become blocked
and damage the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the filter assembly so that the filters do not clo
and that the waste water flows away correctl .
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The filter assembly consists of three filters which remove foo
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the filter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running
water, using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions
below:
1. Turn the cylindrical filter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup filter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side flaps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate filter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you find foreign objects (such as broken glass, porc -
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER RE-
MOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the filters, replace the filter assembly and fix it
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efficient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the
spray arms and block the holes
used to spray the water. It is
therefore recommended that you
check the arms from time to time
and clean them with a small
non-metallic brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be
replaced so that the side with
the greater number of holes is
facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efficienc . This system regenerates itself with salt,
therefore it is required to refill salt container when empt . Frequen-
cy
of regeneration depends on water hardness level setting - by
default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles with water
hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in final rins
and finishes in drying phase, before cycle ends
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water; takes up to 5 addi-
tional minutes for the cycle; consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
A
A
B
C
12
34
Wenn der Zulaufschlauch eine transparente Beschichtung hat,
regelmäßig prüfen, ob die Farbe sich örtlich verstärkt. Falls ja,
könnte der Schlauch undicht sein und sollte ersetzt werden.
Für Wasserstoppschläuche: Das kleine Sicherheitsventil-
Kontrollfenster prüfen (siehe Pfeil). Wenn es rot ist, wurde
die Wasserstoppfunktion ausgelöst und der Schlauch muss
durch einen neuen ersetzt werden. Um diesen Schlauch
abzuschrauben, die Entriegelungstaste drücken und dabei den
Schlauch abschrauben.
Wasserzulaufschlauch reinigen
Wenn der Wasserschlauch neu ist oder für längere Zeit
nicht in Betrieb war, das Warmwasser laufen lassen, um
sicherzustellen, dass es klar und frei von Verschmutzungen ist,
bevor die erforderlichen Anschlüsse vorgenommen werden.
Bei Nichtbeachtung dieser Vorsichtsmaßnahme, kann die
Wasserzufuhr blockieren und den Geschirrspüler beschädigen.
Reinigung der Filtereinheit
Die Filtereinheit regelmäßig reinigen, damit die Filter nicht
verstopfen und das Abwasser korrekt abießen kann.
Die Verwendung des Geschirrspülers mit verstopften Filtern
oder Fremdkörpern im Filtersystem oder in den Sprüharmen
kann zu einer Funktionsstörung mit Leistungsverlust,
geräuschvollem Betrieb oder höherem Ressourcenverbrauch
führen.
Die Filtereinheit setzt sich aus drei Filtern zusammen, die
Spülwasser reinigen, von Speiseresten befreien und wieder in
Umlauf bringen: für beste Spülergebnisse, müssen diese sauber
gehalten werden.
Der Geschirrspüler darf nie ohne Filtersiebe oder mit
ausgehängten Filtern in Betrieb genommen werden.
Kontrollieren Sie wenigstens einmal pro Monat oder nach jeweils
30 Spülgängen die Filtereinheit. Bei Bedarf ist diese sorgfältig unter
laufendem Wasser auszuspülen. Nehmen Sie hierzu ein kleines
Bürstchen (das nicht aus Metall sein darf) zu Hilfe. Verfahren Sie wie
folgt:
1. Drehen Sie das zylinderförmige Filtersieb A gegen den
Uhrzeigersinn heraus (Abb. 1).
2. Ziehen Sie den Siebbecher B durch leichten Druck auf die
seitlichen Flügel heraus (Abb. 2).
3. Nehmen Sie den Stahl-Siebteller C ab (Abb. 3).
4. Sollten Sie Fremdkörper vornden (wie zerbrochenes Glas,
Porzellan, Knochen, Obstsamen usw.), entfernen Sie diese
bitte vorsichtig.
5. Kontrollieren Sie den Hohlraum und befreien Sie diesen
von eventuellen Speiseresten. Das Spülpumpenschutzteil
(schwarzes Teil) NICHT ABGENOMMEN WERDEN(Abb 4).
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
Setzen Sie die Filtereinheit nach der Reinigung der Filtersiebe
wieder korrekt in ihren Sitz ein; dies ist äußerst wichtig, um
eine ordnungsgemäße Betriebsweise des Geschirrspülers zu
gewährleisten.
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
Reinigung der Sprüharme
Es kann vorkommen, dass Speisereste
an den Sprüharmen hängen bleiben
und die Wasserdüsen verstopfen.
Prüfen Sie die Sprüharme daher
regelmäßig und reinigen Sie sie bei
Bedarf mit einer Kunststobürste.
Zur Abnahme des oberen Sprüharms
drehen Sie den Kunststoring gegen
den Uhrzeigersinn ab. Der obere
Sprüharm ist mit jener Seite nach oben
wieder einzusetzen, die die meisten
Löcher aufweist.
Um den unteren Sprüharm
abzunehmen, ihn nach oben ziehen.
Wasserenthärtungsanlage
Der Wasserenthärter verringert automatisch die Wasserhärte
und verhindert somit die Bildung von Kalk auf dem Heizgerät.
Dies trägt auch zu einer ezienteren Reinigung bei. Dieses
System regeneriert sich mit Salz. Daher muss der Salzbehälter
nachgefüllt werden, wenn er leer ist. Die Häugkeit der
Regeneration hängt von der Einstellung der Wasserhärte ab.
Standardmäßig wird bei Einstellung der Wasserhärtestufe auf
3 die Regeneration einmal nach jeweils 5 Eco-Programmen
durchgeführt. Das Regenerationsverfahren beginnt in den
letzten Spülgängen und endet in der Trocknungsphase, bevor
das Programm endet:
- ~3,5 l Wasser;
- erfordert bis zu 5 zusätzliche Minuten für das Programm;
- verbrauch unter 0,005 kWh Strom.
Reinigung und pege
DEUTSCH 28
Was tun, wenn...
Sollte Ihr Geschirrspüler nicht einwandfrei funktionieren, prüfen Sie, ob die Störung anhand der folgenden
Liste behoben werden kann. Bei anderen Fehlern oder Störungen wenden Sie sich bitte an den autorisierten
Kundendienst. Die Kontaktdaten nden Sie im Garantieheft. Der Hersteller sichert die Verfügbarkeit von
Ersatzteilen für mindestens 10 Jahre ab Produktionsdatum dieses Geräts zu.
Störungen... Mögliche ursachen... Lösungen...
What to do if ...What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After refill
the salt indicator may remain lit
for several wash cycles).
Refill reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After refill the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Refill dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it
back on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it
back in.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The wash cycle has not finished yet Wait until the wash cycle finishes
The drain hose is bent. Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
The sink drain pipe is blocked. Clean the sink drain pipe.
The filter is clogged up with food
residues. Clean the filter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are rattling against
each. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Reset the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program, press
START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds. Please do not
add any detergent.
The dishes are not clean.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The spray arms cannot rotate freely,
being hindered by the dishes. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The wash cycle is too gentle
and/or detergent efficiency is lo . Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not suitable
for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER).
The cap on the rinse aid compart-
ment has not been shut correctly. Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
The filter is soiled or clogged Clean the filter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
There is no salt. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
The dishwasher does not fill
the water.
Display shows: H
6
and On/Off LED is blin-
king
rapidly
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed. Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap running.
The inlet hose is bent. Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION) repro-
gram the dishwasher and reboot.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
After having carried out the verification and cleaning, turn o f and
turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
Regeneriersalzanzeige
leuchtet
Salzbehälter ist leer. (Es kann
nach dem Auüllen einige
Spülgänge dauern, bis die
Regeneriersalzanzeige erlischt).
Befüllen Sie den Behälter mit Salz (weitere Informationen –
siehe Seite 8).
Stellen Sie die Wasserhärte ein – siehe Tabelle, Seite 8.
What to do if ...What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After refill
the salt indicator may remain lit
for several wash cycles).
Refill reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After refill the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Refill dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it
back on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it
back in.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The wash cycle has not finished yet Wait until the wash cycle finishes
The drain hose is bent. Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
The sink drain pipe is blocked. Clean the sink drain pipe.
The filter is clogged up with food
residues. Clean the filter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are rattling against
each. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Reset the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program, press
START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds. Please do not
add any detergent.
The dishes are not clean.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The spray arms cannot rotate freely,
being hindered by the dishes. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The wash cycle is too gentle
and/or detergent efficiency is lo . Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not suitable
for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER).
The cap on the rinse aid compart-
ment has not been shut correctly. Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
The filter is soiled or clogged Clean the filter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
There is no salt. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
The dishwasher does not fill
the water.
Display shows: H
6
and On/Off LED is blin-
king
rapidly
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed. Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap running.
The inlet hose is bent. Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION) repro-
gram the dishwasher and reboot.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
After having carried out the verification and cleaning, turn o f and
turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
Klarspüleranzeige
leuchtet auf
Klarspülbehälter ist leer. (Es
kann nach dem Auüllen einige
Spülgänge dauern, bis die
Klarspüleranzeige erlischt).
Befüllen Sie den Behälter mit Klarspüler (weitere
Informationen – siehe Seite 8).
Die Spülmaschine startet
nicht oder reagiert nicht auf
die Bedienungseingaben.
Das Gerät wurde nicht richtig
eingesteckt. Schließen Sie den Netzstecker an.
Stromausfall. Aus Sicherheitsgründen wird die Spülmaschine nicht
automatisch neu gestartet, wenn die Stromversorgung
wiederhergestellt wird. Önen Sie die Tür des
Geschirrspülers, drücken Sie die Taste START und schließen
Sie die Tür erneut innerhalb von 4Sekunden.
Die Gerätetür schließt nicht.
Natural Dry Stift ist nicht
eingezogen.
Drücken Sie die Tür energisch, bis ein „Klicklaut“ zu hören ist.
Das Gerät reagiert nicht auf
Bedienungseingaben. Das
Display zeigt: 9 oder 12 und die
LED Ein/Aus blinkt schnell.
Schalten Sie das Gerät durch das Drücken der ON/OFF-Taste
aus und nach etwa einer Minute wieder ein und starten Sie
das Programm neu. Wenn das Problem weiterhin besteht,
ziehen Sie den Stecker des Geräts für 1 Minute ab und stecken
Sie ihn dann wieder ein.
Der Geschirrspüler pumpt
das Wasser nicht ab.
Das Display zeigt: 3 und die
LED Ein/Aus blinkt schnell.
Das Spülprogramm ist noch
nicht ganz abgelaufen. Warten Sie, bis das Programm beendet ist.
Der Ablaufschlauch ist geknickt. Prüfen Sie, dass der Ablaufschlauch nicht geknickt ist (siehe
INSTALLATION).
Der Ablauf des Spülbeckens ist
verstopft. Den Ablauf des Spülbeckens reinigen.
Im Filtersieb haben sich
Speisereste angesammelt. Den Filter reinigen (siehe REINIGUNG DER FILTEREINHEIT).
Der Geschirrspüler ist zu laut.
Das Geschirr schlägt
aneinander. Positionieren Sie das Geschirr korrekt (siehe KÖRBE
BELADEN).
Es hat sich zu viel Schaum
gebildet. Das Spülmittel wurde nicht richtig dosiert oder ist
für Geschirrspüler ungeeignet (siehe EINFÜLLEN DES
SPÜLMITTELS). Starten Sie das laufende Programm durch
Ausschalten des Geschirrspülers neu. Schalten Sie das
Gerät wieder ein, wählen Sie ein neues Programm, drücken
Sie START/Pause und schließen Sie die Tür innerhalb von 4
Sekunden. Kein Spülmittel zufügen.
Das Geschirr ist nicht sauber
geworden.
Das Geschirr wurde nicht
korrekt eingeräumt. Positionieren Sie das Geschirr korrekt (siehe KÖRBE
BELADEN).
Die Sprüharme können nicht frei
drehen, werden durch das Geschirr
blockiert.
Positionieren Sie das Geschirr korrekt (siehe KÖRBE
BELADEN).
Das Spülprogramm ist zu
schwach und/oder das
Spülmittel ist nicht für den
Geschirrspüler geeignet.
Ein geeignetes Spülprogramm wählen (siehe
PROGRAMMTABELLE).
Es hat sich zu viel Schaum
gebildet. Das Spülmittel wurde nicht richtig dosiert oder ist für
Geschirrspüler ungeeignet (siehe EINFÜLLEN DES SPÜLMITTELS).
Der Stöpsel des
Klarspülerbehälters wurde nicht
korrekt geschlossen.
Sicherstellen, dass der Stöpsel des Klarspülerbehälters
geschlossen ist.
Das Filtersieb ist schmutzig oder
verstopft. Die Filtereinheit reinigen (siehe PFLEGE UND WARTUNG).
Fehlendes Regeneriersalz. Füllen Sie den Salzbehälter (siehe SALZBEHÄLTER BEFÜLLEN).
DEUTSCH 29
Was tun, wenn...
Kundenservice
Störungen... Mögliche ursachen... Lösungen...
Der Geschirrspüler beendet
das Programm vorzeitig.
Das Display zeigt: 15 und die
LED Ein/Aus blinkt schnell.
Ablaufschlauch zu niedrig
positioniert oder Siphonwirkung
in die Hauskanalisation
Prüfen, ob der Ablaufschlauch auf der richtigen Höhe
positioniert ist (siehe INSTALLATION). Prüfen, ob eine
Siphonwirkung in die Hauskanalisation vorliegt, installieren
Sie bei Bedarf ein Belüftungsventil.
Luft im Wasserzulauf
Wasserzulauf auf Lecks oder sonstige Störungen mit
Lufteintritt prüfen.
Der Geschirrspüler lädt kein
Wasser.
Das Display zeigt: H
6 und die LED Ein/Aus blinkt
schnell.
Kein Wasser im Wassernetz oder
zugedrehter Wasserhahn. Sicherstellen, dass Wasser im Wassernetz ist oder der
Wasserhahn läuft.
Der Zulaufschlauch ist geknickt. Sicherstellen, dass der Zulaufschlauch nicht geknickt ist (siehe
INSTALLATION), den Geschirrspüler neu programmieren und
wieder einschalten.
Das Sieb in dem
Wasserzulaufschlauch ist
verstopft; Es muss gereinigt
werden.
Nach der Überprüfung und Reinigung, den Geschirrspüler
ausschalten und ein neues Programm starten.
Das Schloss der Tür rastet
nicht ein.
Die Körbe sind nicht vollständig
eingeschoben. Prüfen Sie, dass die Körbe vollständig eingeschoben sind.
Das Türschloss ist nicht
eingerastet. Drücken Sie die Tür energisch, bis ein „Klacklaut“ zu hören ist.
Geschirr ist nicht ganz
trocken.
Das gewählte Programm hat
keinen Trockengang. Auf der Programmtabelle prüfen, ob das ausgewählte
Programm einen Trockengang vorsieht.
Kein Klarspülmittel oder die
Dosierung ist nicht angemessen. Klarspüler auüllen oder die Dosierung höher einstellen
(siehe KLARSPÜLERSPENDER AUFFÜLLEN).
Geschirr besteht aus
Antihaftmaterial oder aus
Kunststo.
In diesem Fall sind Wassertropfen normal (siehe
EMPFEHLUNGEN).
Auf dem Geschirr und auf
den Gläsern benden sich
Kalkablagerungen oder ein
weißer Belag.
Fehlendes Salz. Füllen Sie den Salzbehälter (siehe SALZBEHÄLTER BEFÜLLEN).
Dosierung entspricht nicht der
Wasserhärte. Die Werte erhöhen (siehe WASSERHÄRTETABELLE).
Deckel des Salzbehälters ist
nicht richtig geschlossen. Deckel des Salzbehälters prüfen.
Kein Klarspülmittel oder die
Dosierung ist unzureichend. Klarspüler auüllen oder die Dosierung höher einstellen.
Geschirr und die Gläser
weisen bläuliche
Schattierungen oder blaue
Streifen auf
Klarspüler wurde zu hoch
dosiert Dosierung niedriger einstellen.
Sollte die Störung nach o.g. Kontrollen weiterhin bestehen
oder erneut auftreten, Gerät ausschalten, Netzstecker
ziehen und Wasserhahn schließen. Setzen Sie sich bitte mit
Ihrer Kundendienststelle in Verbindung (siehe hierzu auch
Garantieheft).
Bitte halten Sie für den Anruf bei Ihrer Kundendienststelle
folgende Angaben bereit:
- Beschreibung der Störung,
- Gerätetyp und Modell,
- die Service-Nummer, d. h. die Zahl auf dem
Kundendienst-Aufkleber an der rechten Kante der
Türinnenseite:
DEUTSCH 30
Technische Daten
Produktabmessungen
(mm)
Höhe mm 820
Breite mm 448
Tiefe mm 555
Leistung
Spannung V 220/240
Frequenz Hz 50
Energieezienzklasse A+++
Wassereinlassdruck, max. Bar 10
Wassereinlassdruck, min. Bar 0,2
Jährlicher Energieverbrauch kWh/Jahr 170
Wasserzulauf, max. Wassereinlasstemp. °C 70
Anzahl an Maßgedecken 10
Leistungsaufnahme in eingeschaltetem Modus W 5
Leistungsaufnahme in ausgeschaltetem Modus W 0.5
Jährlicher Wasserverbrauch l/Jahr 2436
Geräuschpegel dB(A) re 1 pW 41
Hinweise zum Umweltschutz
Entsorgung von Verpackungsmaterialien
Das Verpackungsmaterial ist zu 100% wiederverwertbar
und trägt das Recycling-Symbol . Werfen Sie das
Verpackungsmaterial deshalb nicht einfach weg, sondern
entsorgen Sie es gemäß den geltenden örtlichen Vorschriften.
Entsorgung von Haushaltsgeräten
Dieses Gerät wurde aus recycelbaren oder wiederverwendbaren
Werkstoen hergestellt. Entsorgen Sie das Gerät im Einklang
mit den lokalen Vorschriften zur Abfallbeseitigung. Genauere
Informationen zu Behandlung, Entsorgung und Recycling von
elektrischen Haushaltsgeräten sind bei der örtlichen Behörde,
der Müllabfuhr oder dem Händler erhältlich, bei dem das
Gerät gekauft wurde. Dieses Gerät ist gemäß der Europäischen
Richtlinie 2012/19/EU für Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräte
(WEEE) gekennzeichnet. Durch Ihren Beitrag zur korrekten
Entsorgung dieses Produkts schützen Sie die Umwelt und die
Gesundheit Ihrer Mitmenschen.
Das Symbol auf dem Gerät bzw. auf dem beiliegenden
Informationsmaterial weist darauf hin, dass dieses Gerät kein
normaler Haushaltsabfall ist, sondern in einer Sammelstelle für
Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräte entsorgt werden muss.
Energiespartipps
Das Eco-Programm eignet sich zum Reinigen von normal
verschmutztem Geschirr und ist für diese Verwendung
hinsichtlich des Wasser- und Stromverbrauchs das eektivste
Programm zur Einhaltung der EU-Ökodesign-Rechtsvorschriften.
Das Beladen des Geschirrspülers bis zum vom Hersteller
angegebenen Fassungsvermögen trägt dazu bei, Energie und
Wasser zu sparen. Das manuelle Vorspülen des Geschirrs führt
zu erhöhtem Wasser- und Energieverbrauch und wird nicht
empfohlen. Das Spülen von Geschirr im Haushaltsgeschirrspüler
verbraucht üblicherweise weniger Energie und Wasser als das
Spülen von Hand, wenn der Geschirrspüler entsprechend den
Herstellerangaben verwendet wird.
DEUTSCH 31
Installation
ACHTUNG: Im Falle eines Umzugs sollte das Gerät möglichst
in vertikaler Position transportiert werden; falls erforderlich,
neigen Sie das Gerät zur Rückseite hin.
Wasseranschlüsse
Die Anpassung der Elektro- und Wasseranlagen zur Installation
des Gerätes darf nur durch Fachpersonal erfolgen.
Der Wasserzulaufschlauch und der Wasserablaufschlauch
können sowohl nach rechts als auch nach links ausgerichtet
werden, wodurch eine optimale Installation gewährleistet wird.
Die Schläuche dürfen nicht geknickt oder von der Spülmaschine
gequetscht werden.
Anschluss des Zulaufschlauchs
Das Wasser laufen lassen, bis es klar ist.
Den Zulaufschlauch fest anschließen und den Wasserhahn
önen.
Sollte der Zulaufschlauch nicht lang genug sein, dann wenden
Sie sich bitte an einen Fachhändler oder an einen autorisierten
Techniker.
Der Wasserleitungsdruck muss innerhalb der in der Tabelle der
technischen Daten angegebenen Werte liegen, da sonst der
Geschirrspüler möglicherweise nicht richtig funktioniert.
Der Schlauch darf nicht eingeklemmt oder abgeknickt werden.
Spezikationen für den Wasseranschluss
Wasserversorgung kalt oder warm (max. 60°C)
Wassereinlauf 3/4”
Wasserleistung
Druck
0,05 ÷ 1 MPa (0,5 ÷ 10 bar)
7,25 – 145 psi
Zulaufschlauch:
Anschluss des Ablaufschlauchs
Schließen Sie den Ablaufschlauch an eine Ablaueitung mit
Mindestdurchmesser von 2 cm A an.
INSTALLATION
ENGLISH
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto
its back.
CONNECTING THE WATER SUPPLY
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
performed by a qualified technician
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation.
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses.
CONNECTING THE WATER INLET HOSE
Run the water until it is perfectly clear.
Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap.
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or
an authorised technician.
The water pressure must be within the values indicated in the
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
properly.
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER
SUPPLY HOSE:
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter
of 2 cm A.
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from
40 to 80 cm from the floor or surface where the dishwasher rests
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
the plastic plug B.
ANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
is provided with a special system which blocks the water supply in
the event of anomalies or leaks from inside the appliance.
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-flooding protectio
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
hose be cut as it contains live electrical parts.
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
The socket is earth and complies with current regulations;
The socket can withstand the maximum load of the applian-
ce as shown on the data plate located on the inside of the door
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
the data plate on the inside of the door.
The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension ca-
bles or multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed,
the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
order to prevent all potential hazards.
The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
these regulations are not observed.
POSITIONING AND LEVELLING
1.
2.
Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy floo . If the floor i
uneven, the front feet of the appliance may be adjusted until
it reaches a horizontal position. If the appliance is levelled
correctly, it will be more stable and much less likely to move or
cause vibrations and noise while it is operating.
Before recessing the dishwasher, stick the adhesive transparent
strip under the wooden shelf in order to protect it from any con-
densation which may form.
3.
4.
Place the dishwasher so that its sides or back panel are in
contact with the adjacent cabinets or the wall. This appliance
can also be recessed under a single worktop.
To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
bushing on the lower central part at the front of the dishwasher
using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the
spanner in a clockwise direction to increase the height and in
an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
MIN 40 cm
MAX 80 cm
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
WATER INTAKE 3/4”
POWER OF WATER
PRESSURE
0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar)
7.25 145 psi
WIDTH 598 mm
HEIGHT 820 mm
DEPTH 555 mm
CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
Der Anschluss des Ablaufschlauchs muss sich auf einer
Höhe von 40 bis 80 cm vom Boden oder der Aufstandsäche
des Geschirrspülers benden. Vor dem Anschluss des
Ablaufschlauchs an den Beckenablauf den Kunststostopfen B
entfernen.
Schutz vor Überschwemmungen
Schutz vor Überschwemmungen. Damit es nicht zu
Überschwemmungen kommt, ist der Geschirrspüler mit einem
System versehen, dank dessen der Wasserzulauf bei Anomalien
oder internem Wasserverlust unterbrochen wird.
Einige Modelle sind auch mit einem zusätzlichen New
Aqua Stop-Sicherheitssystem ausgestattet, das auch bei
Schlauchdefekten vor Überschwemmung schützt.
Das Modell verfügt über das Wasserschutzsystem Aquastop.
Der Versorgungsschlauch darf auf keinen Fall abgeschnitten
werden: er enthält nämlich Strom führende Teile.
Elektrischer Anschluss
WARNUNG: Der Versorgungsschlauch darf auf keinen Fall
abgeschnitten werden: er enthält nämlich Strom führende
Teile.
Vor Einfügen des Netzsteckers in die Steckdose ist
sicherzustellen, dass:
die Netzsteckdose geerdet ist und den gesetzlichen
Bestimmungen entspricht;
die Netzsteckdose
INSTALLATION
ENGLISH
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto
its back.
CONNECTING THE WATER SUPPLY
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
performed by a qualified technician
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation.
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses.
CONNECTING THE WATER INLET HOSE
Run the water until it is perfectly clear.
Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap.
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or
an authorised technician.
The water pressure must be within the values indicated in the
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
properly.
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER
SUPPLY HOSE:
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter
of 2 cm A.
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from
40 to 80 cm from the floor or surface where the dishwasher rests
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
the plastic plug B.
ANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
is provided with a special system which blocks the water supply in
the event of anomalies or leaks from inside the appliance.
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-flooding protectio
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
hose be cut as it contains live electrical parts.
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
The socket is earth and complies with current regulations;
The socket can withstand the maximum load of the applian-
ce as shown on the data plate located on the inside of the door
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
the data plate on the inside of the door.
The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension ca-
bles or multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed,
the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
order to prevent all potential hazards.
The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
these regulations are not observed.
POSITIONING AND LEVELLING
1.
2.
Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy floo . If the floor i
uneven, the front feet of the appliance may be adjusted until
it reaches a horizontal position. If the appliance is levelled
correctly, it will be more stable and much less likely to move or
cause vibrations and noise while it is operating.
Before recessing the dishwasher, stick the adhesive transparent
strip under the wooden shelf in order to protect it from any con-
densation which may form.
3.
4.
Place the dishwasher so that its sides or back panel are in
contact with the adjacent cabinets or the wall. This appliance
can also be recessed under a single worktop.
To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
bushing on the lower central part at the front of the dishwasher
using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the
spanner in a clockwise direction to increase the height and in
an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
MIN 40 cm
MAX 80 cm
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
WATER INTAKE 3/4”
POWER OF WATER
PRESSURE
0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar)
7.25 145 psi
WIDTH 598 mm
HEIGHT 820 mm
DEPTH 555 mm
CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
die auf dem Typenschild (bendlich
auf der Innentür) angegebene max. Leistungsaufnahme des
Gerätes trägt (siehe PRODUKTBESCHREIBUNG).
die Versorgungsspannung den auf dem Typenschild (auf der
Innentür) vermerkten Werten entspricht;.
die Steckdose mit dem Gerätestecker kompatibel ist.
Andernfalls muss der Netzstecker von einem autorisierten
Techniker ausgetauscht werden (siehe KUNDENDIENST.
verwenden Sie bitte keine Verlängerungen oder Vielfachstecker.
Der Netzstecker, das Netzkabel und die Steckdose sollten bei
installiertem Gerät leicht zugänglich sein.
Das Netzkabel darf nicht gebogen oder eingeklemmt werden.
Sollte das Speisekabel beschädigt sein, muss es vom Hersteller
oder seiner technischen Kundendienststelle ausgetauscht
werden, um Unfallrisiken vorzubeugen.
Der Hersteller übernimmt keinerlei Haftung, sollten diese
Vorschriften nicht genau beachtet werden.
Positionierung und Nivellierung
1. Stellen Sie den Geschirrspüler auf einem ebenen und festen
Boden auf. Gleichen Sie eventuelle Unregelmäßigkeiten
durch Anziehen oder Losschrauben der vorderen Stellfüße
aus, bis das Gerät eben ausgerichtet ist. Mit einer präzisen
Nivellierung verleiht Stabilität und vermeidet Vibrationen und
Betriebsgeräusche.
2. Bringen Sie vor dem Einbau des Geschirrspülers den
transparenten Klebestreifen unter der Arbeitsplatte an, um
sie vor eventuellem Kondenswasser zu schützen.
3. Stellen Sie das Gerät so auf, dass es mit den Seitenteilen
oder mit der Rückwand an den anliegenden Möbeln oder
an der Wand anlehnt. Das Gerät kann auch unter einer
durchlaufenden Arbeitsplatte eingebaut werden.
4. Regulieren Sie den hinteren Stellfuß durch Einwirken
mittels eines 8 mm-Sechskantschlüssels auf die rote
Sechskantbuchse (bendlich unter der Frontseitenmitte des
Geschirrspülers). Durch Drehen nach rechts wird die Höhe
erhöht, durch Drehen nach links wird sie herabgesetzt.
Dimensions and capacity:
Breite 448 mm
Höhe 820 mm
Tiefe 555 mm
Kapazität 10 Standardgedecke
DEUTSCH 32
IKEA GUARANTEE
Wie lange ist die IKEA Garantie gültig?
Die Garantie gilt fünf Jahre ab dem Kaufdatum von bei IKEA
gekauften Geräten. Als Kaufnachweis ist das Original des
Einkaufsbeleges erforderlich. Werden im Rahmen der Garantie
Arbeiten ausgeführt, verlängert sich dadurch nicht die
Garantiezeit für das Gerät.
Wer übernimmt den Service?
IKEA führt die Serviceleistungen über sein eigenes
Kundendienstnetz oder einen autorisierten Servicepartner aus.
Was deckt diese Garantie ab?
Die Garantie deckt Gerätefehler ab, die aufgrund einer
fehlerhaften Konstruktion oder aufgrund von Materialfehlern
nach dem Datum des Einkaufs bei IKEA entstanden sind. Die
Garantie gilt nur für den Hausgebrauch des betreenden
Gerätes. Ausnahmen sind unter der Überschrift “Was deckt
die Garantie nicht ab?” erläutert. Innerhalb der Garantiefrist
werden die Kosten für Reparatur, Ersatzteile sowie die Arbeits-
und Fahrtkosten übernommen, vorausgesetzt, das Gerät ist
ohne besonderen Aufwand für eine Reparatur zugänglich.
Die EU-Richtlinien (Nr. 99/44/EG) und die jeweiligen örtlichen
Bestimmungen gelten unter diesen Bedingungen. Ersetzte Teile
gehen in das Eigentum von IKEA über.
Was unternimmt IKEA, um das Problem zu lösen?
Der IKEA Kundendienst begutachtet das Produkt und entscheidet
nach eigenem Ermessen, ob ein Garantieanspruch besteht.
Wenn die Garantie geltend gemacht werden kann, wird IKEA
durch seinen eigenen Kundendienst oder einen autorisierten
Servicepartner nach eigenem Ermessen das schadhafte Produkt
entweder reparieren oder durch ein gleiches oder vergleichbares
Produkt ersetzen.
Was deckt diese Garantie nicht ab?
Normale Abnutzungen und Beschädigungen.
Vorsätzlich oder fahrlässig herbeigeführte
Schäden, Beschädigungen infolge Missachtung der
Bedienungsanleitung, unsachgemäßer Installation,
falschen Spannungsanschlusses, Beschädigung durch
chemische oder elektrochemische Reaktionen, inklusive von
Korrosions- oder Wasserschäden diese sind nicht beschränkt
auf Schäden durch ungewöhnlich hohen Kalkgehalt
im Wasser, Beschädigungen durch aussergewöhnliche
Umweltbedingungen.
Verbrauchs- und Verschleißteile wie Batterien und
Glühlampen.
• Nichtfunktionelle und dekorative Teile, die den normalen
Gebrauch nicht beeinussen, sowie Kratzer oder mögliche
Farbveränderungen.
• Zufallsschäden durch Fremdkörper, Substanzen oder
Reinigungsarbeiten an Filtern, Abüssen oder Wasch-/
Spülmittelfächern.
• Schäden an folgenden Teilen: Glaskeramik, Zubehör,
Geschirr- und Besteckkörbe, Zu- und Ablaufschläuche,
Dichtungen, Glühlampen und deren Abdeckungen,
Siebe, Knöpfe, Gehäuse und Gehäuseteile. Soweit
nicht nachgewiesen wird, dass solche Schäden auf
Herstellungsmängel zurückzuführen sind. Fälle, in welchen
der gerufene Servicetechniker keinen Fehler nden konnte.
Reparaturen, die nicht von unserem eigenen Kundendienst
oder -einem Servicevertragspartner ausgeführt oder bei
denen keine Originalteile verwendet wurden.
Durch fehlerhafte oder unvorschriftsmäßige Installation
erforderliche Reparaturen.
Die reparatur von Schäden, die durch eine gewerbliche
Nutzung des Gerätes entstanden sind. gewerbliche Nutzung
des Gerätes.
Transportschäden. Wenn der Kunde das Produkt selbst nach
Hause oder zu einer anderen Adresse transportiert, ist IKEA
von der Haftung für Transportschäden jeder Art freigestellt.
Liefert IKEA das Produkt direkt an die Kundenadresse, werden
eventuelle Transportschäden durch IKEA gedeckt.
Kosten für die Installation des IKEA-Gerätes.
Wenn jedoch der IKEA-Kundendienst oder ein
Servicevertragspartner im Rahmen der Garantie Reparaturen
ausführt oder das Gerät ersetzt, installiert der Kundendienst
oder der Servicevertragspartner das ausgebesserte Gerät
oder das Ersatzgerät, falls dies erforderlich sein sollte.
Als Ausnahme gilt die fehlerfreie Installation durch qualizierte
Fachleute unter Verwendung von Originalteilen, um das
Gerät den technischen Sicherheitsvorschriften eines anderen
EU-Landes anzupassen.
Gültigkeit der länderspezischen Bestimmungen
IKEA räumt Ihnen eine spezielle Garantie ein, die die gesetzlichen
Gewährleistungsrechte, die von Land zu Land jedoch
unterschiedlich sein können, mindestens abdeckt bzw. erweitert.
Allerdings schränken diese Bedingungen in keiner Weise die
landesweit geltenden Verbraucherrechte ein.
Gültigkeitsbereich
Für Geräte, die einem EU-Land gekauft und in ein anderes EU-
Land mitgenommen werden, wird der Kundendienst gemäß
den Garantierichtlinien im neuen Land übernommen. Eine
Verpichtung zur Durchführung von Leistungen im Rahmen
der Garantie besteht nur dann, wenn das Gerät gemäß der
Montageanleitung und gemäß:
- den technischen Spezikationen des Landes, in dem der
Garantieanspruch erfolgt;
- den Montageinstruktionen und Informationen im
Benutzerhandbuch entspricht.
Der autorisierte Kundendienst für IKEA Geräte
Der IKEA-Service steht Ihnen bei folgenden Fragen / Anliegen
gerne zur Verfügung:
make a service request under this Wenn Sie einen
Kundendienst im Rahmen der Garantie benötigen
Bei Fragen zur Installation Ihres IKEA-Gerätes in den IKEA-
Möbelkörper
Wenn Sie Fragen zu den Funktionen Ihres IKEA-Gerätes
haben.
Um Ihnen möglichst schnell und kompetent weiterhelfen
zu können, bitten wir Sie, sich vorher die Montage- und
Gebrauchsanweisung Ihres Gerätes genauestens durchzulesen.
So erreichen Sie unseren Service
Gehen Sie dazu auf die letzte
Seite dieser Broschüre. Dort
nden Sie eine Übersicht mit den
entsprechenden Telefonnummern
und Kontaktdaten unserer
autorisierten Kundendienste.
IDamit wir Ihnen im Falle einer Störung jederzeit schnell
helfen können, bitten wir Sie, die in diesem Handbuch
aufgeführten Rufnummern zu verwenden. Wenden
Sie sich jeweils an die für den betreenden Gerätetyp
angegebene Rufnummer.
Halten Sie dazu bitte die (8-stellige) IKEA Artikelnummer
und die12-stellige Servicenummer (auf dem Geräte-
Typschild vermerkt) Ihres IKEA Gerätes bereit.
BEWAHREN SIE DEN KAUFBELEG GUT AUF!!
Unser Service kann einen Garantieanspruch nur unter
Vorlage dieses Beleges akzeptieren. Auf dem Kaufbeleg
ist auch die IKEA Bezeichnung und Artikelnummer
(8-stelliger Code) für jedes der Geräte, die Sie gekauft
haben, vermerkt.
Benötigen Sie weiteren Rat und Unterstützung?
Bei allen anderen, nicht kundendienstspezischen Fragen, bitten
wir Sie, sich an Ihr nächstgelegenes IKEA-Einrichtungshaus
zu wenden. Wir empfehlen Ihnen, sich vorher die dem Gerät
beigefügten Unterlagen genauestens durchzulesen.
33
Instructions de sécurité
Sommaire
FRANÇAIS
Avant d’utiliser l’appareil, lire attentivement
les consignes de sécurité. Conservez-les à
portée pour consultation ultérieure.
Le présent manuel et l’appareil en question
contiennent des consignes de sécurité
importantes qui doivent être observées
en tout temps. Le fabricant décline toute
responsabilité si les consignes de sécurité
ne sont pas respectées, en cas de mauvaise
utilisation de l’appareil ou d’un mauvais
réglage des commandes.
Les enfants en bas âge (0-3 ans)
doivent être tenus à l’écart de l’appareil.
Les jeunes enfants (3-8 ans) doivent être
tenus à l’écart de l’appareil sauf s’ils se
trouvent sous surveillance constante. Les
enfants âgés de 8 ans et plus, ainsi que
les personnes présentant des capacités
physiques, sensorielles ou mentales
réduites, ou ne possédant ni l’expérience
ni les connaissances requises, peuvent
utiliser cet appareil seulement s’ils sont
supervisés, ou si une personne responsable
leur a expliqué l’utilisation sécuritaire et
les dangers potentiels de l’appareil. Ne
laissez pas les enfants jouer avec l’appareil.
Les enfants ne doivent pas nettoyer, ni
procéder à l’entretien de l’appareil sans
surveillance.
USAGE AUTORISÉ
MISE EN GARDE : Cet appareil n’est
pas conçu pour fonctionner à l’aide
d’un dispositif de commutation externe,
comme une minuterie ou un système de
télécommande.
Cet appareil est destiné à un usage
domestique et peut aussi être utilisé dans
les endroits suivants : cuisines pour le
personnel dans les magasins, bureaux
et autres environnements de travail;
dans les fermes ; Par les clients dans les
hôtels, motels, chambres d’hôtes, et autres
résidences similaires.
Cet appareil nest pas conçu pour un
usage professionnel. N’utilisez pas l’appareil
en extérieur.
Le nombre maximum de places est
indiqué sur la che produit.
La porte ne doit pas être laissée
en position ouverte - risque de chute.
Lorsqu’elle est ouverte, la porte de l’appareil
ne peut porter que le panier à vaisselle
(chargé de vaisselle). N’appuyez pas d’objet
sur la porte, ne vous asseyez pas et ne
montez pas dessus.
MISE EN GARDE : Les détergents pour
lave-vaisselle sont très alcalins. Ils peuvent
être très dangereux en cas d’absorption.
Évitez tout contact avec la peau et les yeux,
et éloignez les enfants du lave-vaisselle
lorsque la porte est ouverte. Assurez-vous
que le distributeur de détergent est vide à
la n de chaque cycle de lavage.
MISE EN GARDE : Les couteaux et
autres ustensiles avec des extrémités
pointues doivent être placés dans le panier
avec la pointe vers le bas ou être placés à
l’horizontale - risque de coupures.
N’entreposez pas de substances
explosives ou inammables (p. ex. essence
ou bombe aérosol) à l’intérieur ou près
de l’appareil - risque d’incendie. Lappareil
doit uniquement être utilisé pour laver
la vaisselle domestique en suivant les
instructions du présent manuel. Leau
contenue dans l’appareil nest pas potable.
Instructions de sécurité 33
Description du produit 36
Control panel 36
Première utilisation 36
Chargement des paniers 38
Utilisation quotidienne 39
Functions 40
Nettoyage et entretien 42
Que faut-il faire si... 43
Service Après-vente 44
Données techniques 45
Conseils pour la protection de
l’environnement 45
Installation 46
GARANTIE IKEA (FRANCE) 47
GARANTIE IKEA (BELGIQUE) 49
FR
FRANÇAIS 34
Utilisez uniquement des détergents et
des produits de rinçage conçus pour
un lave-vaisselle automatique. Lorsque
vous ajoutez du sel, eectuez un cycle
immédiatement avec la machine vide, pour
éviter tout dommage dû à la corrosion aux
parties internes. Conservez le détergent,
le liquide de rinçage, et le sel hors de
portée des enfants. Coupez l’alimentation
en eau et débranchez ou déconnectez
l’alimentation avant l’entretien et la
maintenance. Débrancher l’alimentation
en eau et en électricité en cas de
dysfonctionnement.
INSTALLATION
Deux personnes minimum sont
nécessaires pour déplacer et installer
l’appareil - risque de blessure. Utilisez des
gants de protection pour le déballage et
l’installation de l’appareil - vous risquez de
vous couper.
L’installation, incluant l’alimentation en
eau (selon le modèle), et les connexions
électriques, ainsi que les réparations,
doivent être exécutées par un technicien
qualié. Ne procédez à aucune réparation
ni à aucun remplacement de pièce sur
l’appareil autre que ceux spéciquement
indiqués dans le guide d’utilisation. Gardez
les enfants à l’écart du site d’installation.
Après avoir déballé l’appareil, assurez-vous
qu’il n’a pas été endommagé pendant le
transport. En cas de problème, contactez
votre revendeur ou le Service Après-
Vente le plus proche. Une fois installé,
gardez le matériel d’emballage (sacs en
plastique, parties en polystyrène, etc.)
hors de la portée des enfants: risque
d’étouement. Lappareil ne doit pas être
branché à l’alimentation électrique lors de
l’installation: risque de choc électrique.
Au moment de l’installation, assurez-
vous que le câble d’alimentation n’est pas
endommagé par l’appareil: risque de choc
électrique. Allumez l’appareil uniquement
lorsque l’installation est terminée.
Brancher le lave-vaisselle au réseau d’eau
en utilisant uniquement de nouveaux kits
de tuyaux. Les anciens tuyaux ne doivent
pas être réutilisés.
Un collier doit être fermement xé sur
tous les tuyaux an que ces derniers ne se
desserrent pas lors du fonctionnement de
l’appareil.
Respectez les normes en vigueur de
la société locale de distribution d’eau.
Pression d’alimentation en eau:
0,05 - 1,0MPa.
Lappareil doit être placé contre le mur ou
intégré dans un meuble an de limiter
l’accès à sa partie arrière.
Pour les lave-vaisselles avec des ouvertures
à la base pour la ventilation, les ouvertures
ne doivent pas être bloquées par un tapis.
Si l’appareil est installé à l’extrémité d’une
rangée d’unités et que sa paroi latérale
est exposée, protégez les charnières pour
éviter qu’elle ne soit endommagée.
La température d’entrée d’eau dépend
du modèle du lave-vaisselle. Si le tuyau
d’alimentation installé indique « max 25°C
», la température maximum de l’eau ne doit
pas dépasser 25°C. Pour tous les autres
modèles, la température de l’eau permise
est de 60°C. Ne coupez pas les exibles et,
en présence d’un appareil avec système
de coupure de l’arrivée d’eau, ne plongez
pas dans l’eau le boîtier en plastique de
raccordement au réseau hydrique. Si les
tuyaux sont trop courts, adressez-vous
à votre revendeur. Assurez-vous que les
tuyaux d’alimentation et de vidange ne sont
ni pliés ni tordus. Avant d’utiliser l’appareil
pour la première fois, vériez que l’entrée
d’eau et le tuyau de vidange ne présentent
pas de fuites. Assurez-vous que les quatre
supports sont stables et reposent sur le sol,
en les ajustant au besoin, et assurez-vous
que l’appareil est parfaitement de niveau en
utilisant un niveau à bulle..
Utilisez l’appareil uniquement quand
les couvercles indiqués sur le diagramme
19 dans le manuel d’installation sont
correctement assemblés - risque de lésion.
FRANÇAIS 35
AVERTISSEMENTS ÉLECTRIQUES
La plaque signalétique se trouve sur le
rebord avant du four (visible lorsque la
porte est ouverte).
Il doit être possible de débrancher
l’appareil de l’alimentation électrique en
retirant la che de la prise de courant si elle
est accessible ou à l’aide d’un interrupteur
multipolaire en amont de la prise de
courant, conformément aux normes de
sécurité électrique nationales.
N’utilisez pas de rallonge, de prises
multiples ou d’adaptateurs. Une fois
l’installation terminée, l’utilisateur ne devra
plus pouvoir accéder aux composantes
électriques. N’utilisez pas l’appareil si
vous êtes mouillé ou si vous êtes pieds
nus. N’utilisez pas cet appareil si le câble
d’alimentation ou la prise de courant sont
endommagés, si l’appareil ne fonctionne
pas correctement, ou s’il a été endommagé
ou échappé.
Si le câble d’alimentation est
endommagé,
il doit être remplacé avec un câble
identique par le fabricant, un représentant
du Service Après-vente, ou par toute autre
personne qualiée - vous pourriez vous
électrocuter.
Si la che installée n’est pas adaptée pour
votre prise, contactez un technicien qualié.
Ne tirez pas sur le cordon d’alimentation
pour débrancher l’appareil. Ne plongez
jamais le câble d’alimentation ou la prise
dans l’eau. Éloignez le cordon des surfaces
chaudes.
NETTOYAGE ET ENTRETIEN
MISE EN GARDE : Assurez-vous que
l’appareil est éteint et débranchez de
l’alimentation électrique avant d’eectuer
le nettoyage ou l’entretien - vous pourriez
vous électrocuter. N’utilisez jamais
d’appareil de nettoyage à la vapeur
Ne procédez à aucune réparation ni
à aucun remplacement de pièce sur
l’appareil autre que ceux spéciquement
indiqués dans le guide d’utilisation. Utilisez
uniquement un Service après-vente agréé.
Une réparation non professionnelle peut
provoquer de graves incidents donnant lieu
à une menace pour la vie ou la santé et/ou
des dommages signicatifs aux biens.
FRANÇAIS 36
Description du produit
1 Panier supérieur
2 Plateau à couverts
3 Bouton de réglage de la hauteur du panier supérieur
4 Bras d’aspersion supérieur
5 Panier inférieur
6 Panier à couvert
7 Bras d’aspersion inférieur
8 Ensemble ltre
9 Réservoir à sel
10 Distributeurs de détergent et liquide de rinçage
11 Panneau de commande
Control panel
Première utilisation
Conseils au sujet de la première utilisation
Après l’installation, enlevez les boulons d’arrêt sur les paniers et
les éléments élastiques qui retiennent le panier supérieur
Remplissage du réservoir à sel
’utilisation de sel empêche la formation de CALCAIRE sur la
vaisselle et sur les composantes fonctionnelles de l’appareil.
LE RÉSERVOIR DE SEL NE DOIT JAMAIS ÊTRE VIDE.
Il est important de régler la dureté de l’eau.
Le réservoir de sel est situé dans la partie inférieure du lave-
vaisselle (voir DESCRIPTION DU PRODUIT) et il doit être rempli
quand le voyant REMPLISSAGE DE SEL
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
sur le panneau de
commande est allumé.
1. Enlevez le panier inférieur
et dévissez le bouchon du
réservoir (sens antihoraire).
2. Seulement lors de la première
opération: remplissez le
réservoir de sel avec de l’eau.
3. Placez l’entonnoir (voir gure)
et remplissez le réservoir de sel
jusqu’au bord (environ 1 kg);
il est normal qu’un peu d’eau
déborde.
4. Enlevez l’entonnoir et essuyez
les résidus de sel autour de
l’ouverture.
1 Touche et voyant Marche-Arrêt/Réinitialisation
2 Bouton de sélection de programme
3 Témoin de remplissage de sel
4 Témoin de remplissage de liquide de rinçage
5 Voyant pour le numéro du programme et le temps restant
6 Voyant tablette
7 Écran
8 Témoin de lavage exible
9 Bouton de lavage exible
10 Bouton de démarrage diéré
11 Touche Programme court avec voyant
12 Touche Extra Dry avec le voyant
13 Bouton DÉPART/Pause avec témoin / Tablette
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13
7
2
65°
1
50°
56
10 PROGRAMS
3
50°
4
45°
7
50°
8
65°
10
50°-60° 50°
9
65°
h
3sec
4
2
7
8
10
1
3
5
6
9
11
0000 000 00000
Service:
FRANÇAIS 37
Assurez-vous que le bouchon est bien serré pour éviter que du
détergent pénètre dans le réservoir durant le cycle de lavage (le
réservoir pourrait s’endommager au point de ne plus être réparable).
Une fois cette opération complétée, lancez un programme sans
charger le lave-vaisselle. Le programme « Prélavage » seul ne
SUFFIT PAS. Une solution saline résiduelle ou des grains de sel
peuvent provoquer une corrosion, endommageant de manière
irréparable les composants en acier inoxydable.
La garantie ne couvre pas les dommages imputables à une
situation de ce type.
Utilisez seulement le sel spécialement conçu pour les lave-
vaisselles. Si le contenant de sel n’est pas rempli, l’adoucisseur
et l’élément chauant peuvent être endommagés à cause de
l’accumulation de calcaire. L’utilisation de sel est recommandée
avec n’importe quel type de lessive pour lave-vaisselle.
Chaque fois que vous avez besoin d’ajouter du sel, il est
obligatoire de terminer la procédure avant le début du cycle
de lavage an d’éviter toute corrosion.
Réglage de la dureté de l’eau
Pour que l’adoucisseur d’eau fonctionne à la perfection, il est
important de régler la dureté de l’eau aux conditions existantes
dans votre résidence. Cette information peut être obtenue de votre
fournisseur d’eau local. La dureté de l’eau est réglée par défaut à la
valeur d’usine.
Éteindre l’appareil en appuyant sur la touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
Éteindre l’appareil en appuyant sur la touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
Appuyez sur la touche
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





pendant 5 secondes ; un signal
sonore retentit.
Éteindre l’appareil en appuyant sur la touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
Le numéro de niveau de sélection actuel et le témoin de sel
clignotent tous les deux
Appuyez sur la touche
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





pour sélectionner le niveau de
dureté souhaité (voir TABLEAU DE DURETÉ DE L’EAU).
Éteindre l’appareil en appuyant sur la touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
Le réglage est terminé!
Tableau de dureté de l'eau
Niveau °dH
Degrés
allemand
°fH
Degrés
français
°Clark
Degrés
anglais
1 Très douce 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 7
2 Moyenne 7 - 11 11 - 20 8 - 14
3 Douce 12 - 16 21 - 29 15 - 20
4 Dure 17 - 34 30 - 60 21 - 42
5 Très dure 35 - 50 61 - 90 43 - 62
Remplir le distributeur de liquide de rinçage
Le liquide de rinçage permet à la vaisselle de SÉCHER plus
facilement. Le distributeur de liquide de rinçage A devrait être
rempli lorsque le voyant de NIVEAU DE LIQUIDE DE RINÇAGE
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
est allumé sur le panneau de commande.
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





1. Ouvrez le distributeur B en appuyant et en tirant sur la
languette sur le couvercle.
2. Versez doucement du liquide de rinçage jusqu’à la marque
de référence (110 ml) du réservoir de remplissage - évitez
les débordements. Si cela se produit, nettoyez les dégâts
immédiatement avec un linge sec.
3. Appuyez sur le bouchon pour le fermer; un clic se fait entendre.
Ne JAMAIS verser le liquide de rinçage directement dans la cuve.
Ajuster le dosage du liquide de rinçage
Si vous n’êtes pas complètement satisfait avec le séchage, vous
pouvez ajuster la quantité de liquide de rinçage utilisée.
Allumez le lave-vaisselle en utilisant la touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
Éteignez-le en utilisant la touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
Appuyez sur la touche
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





à trois reprises - vous entendrez un
signal sonore.
Allumez-le en utilisant la touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
Le numéro du niveau de sélection actuelle et le voyant du
niveau de liquide de rinçage clignotent.
Appuyez sur la touche
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





pour sélectionner la quantité de
liquide de rinçage qui doit être utilisée.
Éteignez-le en utilisant la touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
Le réglage est terminé!
Si le niveau de liquide de rinçage est à ZÉRO, il n’y aura pas de
liquide de rinçage distribué. Le voyant LIQUIDE DE RINÇAGE
BAS ne s’allumera pas s’il ne reste plus de liquide de rinçage. Un
maximum de 5 niveaux peuvent être réglés selon le modèle du
lave-vaisselle. Les réglages d’usine sont spéciques au modèle,
merci de suivre les instructions ci-dessus pour vérier ceux qui
s’appliquent à votre machine.
Si vous observez des traces bleuâtres sur la vaisselle, placez
sur un niveau plus bas (1-2).
Si vous observez des gouttelettes d’eau ou des traces de
calcaire sur la vaisselle, placez sur un niveau plus haut (3-4).
Remplir de distributeur de détergent
L’utilisation de détergent non conçu pour les lave-vaisselles peut
provoque un dysfonctionnement ou un dommage à l’appareil.
Pour obtenir de meilleurs résultats avec les cycles de lavage et de
séchage, il est nécessaire de combiner l’utilisation du détergent, du
liquide de rinçage, et du sel rané. Nous vous conseillons d’utiliser
des détergents qui ne contiennent pas de phosphate ou de chlore, ces
produits peuvent endommager l’environnement. Pour obtenir de bon
résultats durant le lavage, vous devez aussi utiliser la bonne quantité
de détergent.
Dépasser la quantité recommandée ne garantit pas de meilleurs
résultats et augmente la pollution de l’environnement. La quantité
peut être ajustée selon le degré de saleté. Pour les articles
normalement sales, utilisez environ 25g (détergent en poudre)
ou 25ml (de détergent liquide) et ajouter une cuillère à thé de
détergent directement dans la cuve. . Si vous utilisez des pastilles,
une est susante.
Si la vaisselle est légèrement sale ou si elle a été rincée avant de
la placer dans le lave-vaisselle, réduisez la quantité de détergent
utilisée en conséquence (minimum 20 g/ml) c.-à-d. ne placez pas
de détergent à l’intérieur de la cuve.
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





D
C
Pour ouvrir le distributeur
de détergent, appuyez sur
le bouton C.
Insérez le détergent dans
le distributeur sec D
uniquement.
Placez la quantité
de détergent pour le
prélavage directement
dans la cuve.
1. Lorsque vous mesurez le détergent, reportez-vous à
l’information mentionnée plus haut pour ajouter la bonne
quantité. À l’intérieur du distributeur D se trouvent des
indications pour aider au dosage de détergent.
2. Enlevez les résidus de détergent sur le bord des récipients
avant de fermer le couvercle; un clic se fait entendre.
3. Fermez le couvercle du distributeur de détergent en le tirant
vers le haut jusqu’à ce que le dispositif soit fermement en place.
Le distributeur de détergent s’ouvre automatiquement, au
moment déterminé par le programme. Si vous utilisez un
détergent « tout-en-un », nous vous conseillons d’utiliser la
touche PASTILLE, elle ajuste le programme de façon à toujours
obtenir les meilleurs résultats de lavage et séchage.
BA
FRANÇAIS 38
Conseils
Avant de charger les paniers, enlevez tous les résidus de
nourriture sur la vaisselle et videz les verres. Vous n’avez pas
besoin de rincer la vaisselle avant de la placer dans le lave-
vaisselle.
Placez la vaisselle pour qu’elles tiennent bien en place et
ne risque pas de tomber ; et placez les récipients avec les
ouvertures vers le bas et les parties concaves/convexes de côté
pour permettre à l’eau d’atteindre toutes les surfaces et couler
librement.
Attention: les couvercles, poignées, plaques et poêles à frire
n’empêchent pas les gicleurs de tournez.
Placez les petits articles dans le panier à couvert. La vaisselle
et les casseroles très sales devraient être placées sur le panier
inférieur car les jets d’eau sont plus fort dans cette section et
permet un meilleur rendement lors du lavage.
Après avoir chargé l’appareil, assurez-vous que les bras de
gicleurs peuvent bouger librement.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Panier à couvert
Le troisième panier a été conçu pour
contenir les couverts.
Placez les couverts comme illustré
sur la gure.
Séparer les couverts facilite le
rangement après le cycle de lavage et
améliore les programmes de lavage
et de séchage.
Les couteaux et autres ustensiles
avec des bords tranchants doivent
être placés avec la pointe vers le
bas.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Panier supérieur
Chargez la vaisselle délicate et légère:
verres, tasses, soucoupes, saladiers
bas.
Le panier supérieur comprend des
supports rabattables qui peuvent
être utilisés dans une position
verticale lorsque vous placez les
soucoupes à thé et à dessert, ou
abaissé pour charger les bols et les
récipients de nourriture.
(exemple de chargement du panier
supérieur)
Ajuster la hauteur du panier
supérieur
Vous pouvez ajuster la hauteur du
panier supérieur :
position élevée pour placer la
vaisselle encombrante sur le panier
inférieur, et la position basse pour
proter au maximum des supports
rabattables et créant plus d’espace
vers le haut et éviter les chocs avec
les articles sur le panier inférieur.
Le panier supérieur comprend
un dispositif de réglage de la
hauteur du panier supérieur (voirgure), sans appuyer sur les
leviers, simplement soulever en tenant le panier sur les côtés
jusqu’à ce qu’il soit stable en position élevée.
Pour abaisser le panier, appuyez sur les leviers A sur les côtés du
panier et déplacez-le vers le bas.
Nous vous conseillons fortement de ne pas ajuster la
hauteur du panier lorsqu’il est chargé. Ne JAMAIS soulever
ou abaisser un seul côté du panier.
Volets pliables avec positions
ajustables
Les volets latéraux pliables peuvent être
placés à trois hauteurs diérentes pour
optimiser le rangement de la vaisselle
sur le panier.
Les verres de vin peuvent être placés de
façon sécuritaire dans les volets pliables
en insérant le pied de chaque verre dans
la fente correspondante.
Selon le modèle:
pour déplier les volets, il est
nécessaire de les coulisser vers le
haut et de les tourner ou de les libérer
des gries et de les tirer vers le bas.
pour replier les volets, il est nécessaire
de les tourner et de les faire coulisser
vers le bas ou de les tirer vers le haut
et de xer les pattes aux gries.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Panier inférieur
Pour les poêles, les couvercles, les
plats, les saladiers, les couverts,
etc. Les grands plats et les grands
couvercles devraient être placés sur
le côté pour éviter qu’ils n’entravent le
fonctionnement des bras d’aspersion.
Le panier inférieur comprend des
supports rabattables qui peuvent être
placés en position verticale pour charger
des plaques, ou en position horizontale
(bas) pour faciliter le chargement des
casseroles et des bols de salade.
(exemple de chargement du panier
supérieur)
Vaisselle qui ne convient pas
Vaisselle et couverts en bois.
Verres décoratifs délicats, produits artisanaux, et vaisselle
antique. Les garnitures ne sont pas résistantes.
Les pièces en matériel synthétique qui ne supportent pas les
hautes températures.
La vaisselle en cuivre ou en étain.
La vaisselle tachée de cendre, de cire, de graisse lubriante,
ou d’encre.
Les couleurs des garnitures de verre et des pièces d’aluminium/
argent peuvent changer et ternir durant le cycle de lavage.
Certains types de verre (p. ex. les objets en cristal) peuvent aussi
devenir opaque après plusieurs cycles de lavage.
Verres et vaisselle endommagés
Seulement utiliser des verres ou de la porcelaine qui sont
lavable au lave-vaisselle conformément aux recommandations
du fabricant.
Utilisez un détergent doux, adéquat pour la vaisselle
Retirez les verres et les couverts du lave-vaisselle aussitôt que
le cycle de lavage est terminé.
Hygiène
Pour éviter les odeurs et les dépôts qui pourraient s’accumuler
dans le lave-vaisselle, lancer un programme à haute
température au moins une fois par mois. Utilisez une cuillère
à thé de détergent et lancer le programme sans vaisselle pour
nettoyer l’appareil.
Chargement des paniers
FRANÇAIS 39
1. Vérier le branchement de l’eau
Assurez-vous que le lave-vaisselle est raccordé au réseau
d’alimentation et que le robinet de l’eau est ouvert.
2. Allumer le lave-vaisselle
Ouvrez la porte et appuyez sur la touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
3. Charger les paniers (voir CHARGEMENT DES PANIERS)
4. Remplir de distributeur de détergent
(voir REMPLISSAGE DU DISTRIBUTEUR DE DÉTERGENT).
5. Choisir le programme et personnaliser le cycle
Sélectionnez le programme le plus adapté conformément au
type de vaisselle et à son niveau de saleté (voir DESCRIPTION
DES PROGRAMMES) en appuyant sur le bouton
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
.
Sélectionnez les options désirées (voir FONCTIONS).
6. Début
Démarrez le cycle de lavage en appuyant sur le bouton
START/Pause (le témoin est allumé) et en fermant la porte
dans les 4 secondes. Quand le programme démarre, vous
entendez un bip simple. Si la porte n’a pas été fermée dans
les 4 secondes, le signal d’alarme est activé. Dans ce cas,
ouvrez la porte, appuyez sur le bouton DÉMARRAGE/Pause et
fermez de nouveau la porte dans les 4 sec.
7. Fin du cycle de lavage
La n du cycle de lavage est indiquée par un signal sonore
et le clignotement du numéro du cycle de lavage à l’écran.
Ouvrez la porte et éteignez l’appareil en appuyant sur la
touche MARCHE/ARRÊT.
Pour éviter de vous brûler, attendez quelques minutes avant
de retirer la vaisselle. Déchargez les paniers en commençant
par le premier niveau.
L’appareil s’éteint automatiquement durant des périodes
d’inactivité prolongées pour réduire la consommation
d’énergie. Si la vaisselle est légèrement sale ou si elle a été
rincée avec à l’eau avant d’être placée dans le lave-vaisselle,
réduisez la quantité de détergent utilisée en conséquence.
Modier un programme en cours
Si vous avez sélectionné le mauvais programme, vous pouvez le
changer si c’est fait au début du cycle : ouvrir la porte, appuyer
sur le bouton « MARCHE/ARRÊT » et le maintenir enfoncé, la
machine s’éteindra.
Rallumez l’appareil en appuyant sur la touche MARCHE/
ARRÊT et sélectionnez le nouveau cycle de lavage et les
options désirées ; Lancez le cycle de lavage en appuyant sur le
bouton « START/Pause » et en fermant la porte dans les 4 sec.
Ajouter de la vaisselle
Sans éteindre la machine, ouvrir la porte (Le voyant DÉMARRAGE/
Pause commencera à clignoter) (attention à la vapeur CHAUDE !)
et placer la vaisselle à l’intérieur du lave-vaisselle. Appuyer sur le
bouton MARCHE/Pause et fermer la porte dans les 4 sec, le cycle
reprendra à l’endroit où il a été interrompu.
Interruptions imprévues
Si la porte est ouverte durant le cycle de lavage, ou s’il y a une
panne de courant, le cycle s’interrompt. Appuyer sur le bouton
MARCHE/Pause et fermer la porte dans les 4 sec, le cycle
reprendra à l’endroit où il a été interrompu.
Utilisation quotidienne
Conseils relatifs aux économies d’énergie
Lorsque le lave-vaisselle domestique est utilisé
conformément aux instructions du fabricant, le lavage
de la vaisselle dans un lave-vaisselle consomme
habituellement moins d’énergie et d’eau que la vaisselle à
la main.
An d’optimiser l’ecacité du lave-vaisselle, il est
recommandé lancer le cycle de lavage une fois que le
lave-vaisselle est totalement chargé. Le chargement du
lave-vaisselle jusqu’à la capacité indiquée par le fabricant
contribuera à économiser l’énergie et l’eau. Vous trouverez
plus d’informations sur un chargement correct de la vaisselle
dans le chapitre Chargement. En cas de chargement partiel, il
est recommandé d’utiliser des options de lavage spéciques
si elles existent (Lavage exible), en ne remplissant que
les paniers sélectionnés. Un chargement incorrect ou une
surcharge du lave-vaisselle peut augmenter l’utilisation
des ressources (telles que l’eau, l’énergie et le temps, et
augmenter le niveau de bruit), en réduisant les performances
de nettoyage et de séchage.
Un prérinçage manuel de la vaisselle consomme davantage
d’eau te d’énergie et n’est pas recommandé.
FRANÇAIS 40
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
LAVAGE FLEXIBLE
S’il n’y a pas beaucoup de vaisselle à laver, la demi-
charge peut être utilisée pour économiser de l’eau, de
l’électricité, et du détergent.
Sélectionnez le programme et appuyez ensuite sur la
touche FLEXIBLE WASH : le symbole du panier choisi
s’achera sur l’écran.
Par défaut, l’appareil lave la vaisselle sur tous les
paniers.
Pour seulement laver la vaisselle sur un panier
particulier, appuyez plusieurs fois sur cette touche:
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
s’ache à l’écran (panier inférieur seulement)
s’ache à l’écran (panier supérieur seulement)
s’ache à l’écran (compartiment à couvert seulement)
s’ache à l’écran (l’option est ÉTEINTE et l’appareil
lave la vaisselle sur tous les paniers).
Chargez seulement le panier supérieur ou inférieur, et réduisez
la quantité de détergent en conséquence. Si le panier supérieur
est enlevé, appliquez un détergent directement dans le tambour
à la place du distributeur de détergent.
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
DIFFÉRÉ
Le début du programme peut être retardé pour une
période entre 1 et 12 heures.
1. Appuyez sur la touche DIFFÉRÉ : le symbole « h
» correspondant apparaît à l’écran ; chaque fois
que vous appuyez sur la touche, le temps (1 heure,
2 heures, etc. jusqu’à un max de 12 heures) avant le
début du cycle de lavage augmente.
2. Sélectionnez le programme de lavage, appuyez
sur le bouton START/PAUSE et dans les 4 secondes,
fermez la porte : la minuterie commencera le compte
à rebours.
3. Une fois le temps écoulé, le voyant « h » s’éteint
et le cycle de lavage démarre. Pour ajuster le délai
et sélectionner une période de temps plus courte,
appuyez sur la touche DIFFÉRÉ. Pour l’annuler,
appuyez sur la touche à plusieurs reprises jusqu’à
ce que le témoin de départ diéré sélectionné
« h » s’éteigne.
La fonction Diéré ne peut pas être réglée une fois
que le cycle de lavage a commencé.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
PROGRAMME COURT
Cette option permet de réduire la durée des
programmes principaux tout en conservant les
niveaux de rendement du lavage et du séchage.
Après avoir sélectionné le programme, appuyez sur la
touche SHORT TIME et le voyant s’illumine. Appuyez
de nouveau sur la touche pour annuler l’option.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
EXTRA DRY
Pour améliorer le séchage de la vaisselle, après avoir
sélectionner le programme, appuyez sur la touche
EXTRA DRY et le voyant s’illumine. Une température
plus élevée lors du dernier rinçage et une phase de
séchage plus longue permet d’améliorer le séchage.
Appuyez de nouveau sur la touche pour annuler
l’option. Loption SÉCHAGE EXTRA prolonge le cycle de
lavage.
 
Check that the dishwasher is connected to the water supply
and that the tap is open.
 
Open the door and press the ON/OFF button.


(see LOADING THE RACKS)

(see PROGRAMS TABLE).




Select the most appropriate program in accordance with the
type of crockery and its soiling level (see PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION) by pressing the button.
Select the desired options (see OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS).

Start the wash cycle by pressing START/Pause button (led
is lit) and closing the door within 4 sec. When the program
starts you hear a single beep. If the door was not closed within
4sec., the alarm sound will be played. In this case, open the
door, press START/Pause button and close the door again
within 4 sec.

The end of the wash cycle is indicated by beeps and by the
ashing of the wash cycle number on the display. Open the
door and switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF
button.
Wait for a few minutes before removing the crockery - to avoid
burns. Unload the racks, beginning with the lower one.






If a wrong program was selected, it is possible to change it, pro-
vided that it has only just begun: open the door, press and hold
the  button, the machine will switch off.
Switch the machine back on using the  button and select
the new wash cycle and any desired options; Start the wash cycle
by pressing  button and closing the door within 4 sec.

Without switching off the machine, open the door (
led starts blinking) () and place the
crockery inside the dishwasher. Press the  button
and close the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the
point at which it was interrupted.

If the door is opened during the wash cycle, or if there is a power
cut, the cycle stops. Press the  button and close
the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the point at
which it was interrupted.
DAILY USE
Functions
 - Normally soiled crockery. Standard program, the most efficient in terms of its combined energy and water
consumption.
  - Mixed soil. For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues.
 - Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used
for delicate items).
  - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
  - Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning performance in shorter time.
  - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform
maintenance of the dishwasher.
  - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance
using hot water.
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
see PROGRAMS TABLE󵘍 󵄔 󵠆 󶋁


If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half load
cycle may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent. Select the program and press the HALF LOAD
button: the indicator light will light up. Press the HALF
LOAD button to deselect this option.

To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.



This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).


1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
– enabled – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
PASTILLE
Ce réglage vous permet d’optimiser le rendement du
programme selon le type de détergent utilisé.
Appuyez sur la touche DÉPART/PAUSE pendant
3 secondes (le symbole correspondant s’allumera) si
vous utilisez un détergent tout-en-un sous forme de
pastille (rinçage, sel et détergent en 1 dose).
Si vous utilisez un détergent en poudre ou liquide,
cette option doit être éteinte.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
INDICATEUR DE FONCTIONNEMENT
Un voyant LED projeté sur le sol indique que
le lave-vaisselle fonctionne. Un des modes de
fonctionnement suivant peut être sélectionné :
a) Fonction désactivée.
b) Lorsque que le cycle est lancé, le voyant s’illumine
quelques secondes; il reste éteint durant le cycle, et
clignote à la n du cycle.
c) Le voyant reste allumé durant le cycle et clignote à
la n du cycle (mode par défaut).
Si le Départ diéré est sélectionné, le voyant
s’illumine durant les premières secondes, ou pour la
durée du compte à rebours, selon que le mode b) ou
c) ait été réglé. Le voyant s’éteint chaque fois que la
porte est ouverte.
Pour sélectionner votre mode préférez, allumez
l’appareil, appuyez sur la touche P jusqu’à ce qu’une
des trois lettre apparaisse à l’écran, appuyez sur la
touche P pour acher la lettre (mode) désiré, et
appuyez de nouveau sur la touche P pour conrmer
votre sélection.
Remarque: Si NaturalDry est actif et qu’il ouvre
la porte, alors l’Indicateur de fonctionnement ne
clignotera pas à la n du cycle.
NATURALDRY
Le Système d’ouverture de porte NaturalDry est un système de séchage à
convection qui ouvre automatiquement la porte pendant/après la phase
de séchage pour assurer une performance de séchage exceptionnelle
chaque jour. La porte s’ouvre à une température qui est sûre pour les
meubles de votre cuisine. À titre de protection supplémentaire contre
la vapeur, une feuille de protection spéciquement conçue est ajoutée
avec le lave-vaisselle. Pour voir comment monter la feuille de protection,
consulter le (GUIDE D’INSTALLATION).
La fonctionnalité NaturalDry pourrait être désactivée par
l’utilisateur comme suit :
1. Allez au menu Indicateur de fonctionnement comme dans
la dernière étape, appuyez sur
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





et maintenez-le enfoncé
jusqu’à ce que le menu apparaisse.
2. Appuyez sur
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





et maintenez-le enfoncé pendant 6 secondes
pour atteindre le menu NaturalDry.
3. Vous passez au Menu de contrôle NaturalDry, vous pouvez
changer d’état de la fonctionnalité NaturalDry en appuyant
sur le bouton
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





:
E – activé d – désactivé
Pour conrmer le changement et sortir du Menu Contrôle,
appuyez sur le bouton
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





et maintenez-le enfoncé (3 sec).
OUVERTURE DE LA PORTE
ÉCO 50° après 165 min
AUTO 50°- 60° 80-170 min*
INTENSIF 65° n de cycle
Lavage rapide 30’ 50° N/A
Lavage et séchage rapide 50° n de cycle
VERRE 45° n de cycle
Silence 50° (Programme
nocturne)
n de cycle
STÉRILISATION 65° N/A
PRÉLAVAGE N/A
Auto-nettoyage 65° N/A
* selon les paramètres
Functions
FRANÇAIS 41
Programme
Phase de
séchage
Natural
Dry
Fonctions
disponibles*)
Durée du
programme de
lavage
(h : min)**)
Consommation
d'eau
(litres/cycle)
Consommation
d'énergie
(kWh/cycle)
1 Éco
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
3:40 8.7 0.59
2 Auto
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50-60°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3 Intensif
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Lavage rapide 30’
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50° - -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:30 9.0 0.50
5 Lavage et
séchage rapide
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:20 10.0 1.10
6 Verres
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
45°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:40 12.0 1.00
7 Silence
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
3:35 16.5 1.00
8 Assainissant
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
-
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:40 12.0 1.30
9 Prélavage
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
- -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self-Clean
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65° - -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:50 9.5 0.70
Les données du programme Éco sont mesurées sous
des conditions en laboratoire conformément à la norme
européenne EN 60436 : 2019.
Note pour les laboratoires d’essais : Pour obtenir des
informations sur les conditions de tests comparatifs
EN, merci d’envoyer un courriel à l’adresse suivante :
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Aucun prétraitement de la vaisselle n’est nécessaire avant l’un
quelconque des programmes.
*) Les options ne peuvent pas toutes être utilisées en même
temps.
**) Les valeurs indiquées pour des programmes diérents du
programme éco sont fournies à titre indicatif uniquement. Le
temps réel peut varier selon des facteurs comme la température
et la pression de l’eau, la température de la pièce, la quantité
de détergent, la quantité et le type de vaisselle, l’équilibre de
la charge, les options supplémentaires sélectionnées, et la
calibration du capteur.
1. ECO - Le programme Éco est adapté pour nettoyer de la
vaisselle normalement sale, et pour cette utilisation, il est
le programme le plus ecace en termes de consommation
d’énergie et d’eau combinée, et il est utilisé pour évaluer la
conformité à la législation européenne en matière d’éco-
conception.
2. AUTO - Pour la vaisselle normalement sale avec des résidus
de nourriture secs. Détermine le degré de saleté de la
vaisselle et règle le programme en fonction de celui-ci.
Lorsque le capteur détecte le degré de saleté, une animation
apparaît sur l’acheur et la durée du cycle est mise à jour.
3. INTENSIF - Programme conseillé pour la vaisselle très sale,
surtout les poêles et les casseroles (ne pas utiliser pour la
vaisselle délicate).
4. RAPIDE LAVAGE 30’ - Programme pour peu de vaisselle
normalement sale. Assure un nettoyage impeccable en très
peu de temps.
5. LAVAGE ET SÉCHAGE RAPIDE - Vaisselle normalement sale.
Cycle quotidien, assure un rendement de nettoyage optimal
et des performances de séchage en moins de temps..
6. VERRE - PROGRAMME POUR VAISSELLE DÉLICATE,
COMME LES VERRES ET LES TASSES PLUS SENSIBLES AUX
TEMPÉRATURES ÉLEVÉES.
7. SILENT - Adéquat lorsque l’appareil fonctionne la nuit.
Assure un nettoyage et des performances de séchage
optimaux avec les plus faibles émissions de bruit.
8. HYGIÈNE - Programme pour vaisselle normalement ou très
sale avec étape supplémentaire de lavage antibactérien .
Peut être utilisé pour eectuer l’entretien du lave-vaisselle
9. PRÉLAVAGE - Utilisé pour rincer la vaisselle qui doit être
lavée ultérieurement. N’utilisez pas de détergent avec ce
programme.
10. AUTO-NETTOYAGE - Programme à utiliser pour eectuer
l’entretien du lave-vaisselle, à réaliser uniquement lorsque le
lave-vaisselle est VIDE en utilisant des détergents spéciques
conçus pour l’entretien du lave-vaisselle.
Remarques: Veuillez noter que le cycle FAST WASH est dédié aux
plats peu sales.
Les OPTIONS peuvent être sélectionnées directement en
appuyant sur la touche correspondante (voir PANNEAU DE
COMMANDE).
Si une option n’est pas compatible avec le programme
sélectionné, voir TABLEAU DES PROGRAMMES, le voyant
correspondant clignote 3 fois et un signal sonore se fait
entendre. La fonction n’est pas activée.
FRANÇAIS 42
ATTENTION : Toujours débrancher l’appareil pour le nettoyer et
eectuer de l’entretien. N’utilisez pas de liquides inammables
pour nettoyer l’appareil.
Nettoyer le lave-vaisselle
Les marques sur les côtés de l’appareil peuvent être enlevées en
utilisant un linge humide, de l’eau, et un peu de vinaigre.
Les surfaces externes de l’appareil et le panneau de contrôle
peuvent être nettoyés en utilisant un linge non abrasif humide.
N’utilisez pas de solvants ou de produits abrasifs.
Prévenir les mauvaises odeurs
Gardez toujours la porte de l’appareil entrouverte pour éviter
que la moisissure ne se forme et ne s’accumule à l’intérieur de
l’appareil. Nettoyez régulièrement les joints autour de la porte et
des distributeurs de détergent en utilisant une éponge humide.
Ainsi, les résidus de nourriture ne s’accumuleront pas dans les
joints (principale cause de la formation de mauvaises odeurs).
Vérier le tuyau d’alimentation d’eau
Vériez régulièrement le tuyau d’arrivée pour déceler de la
friabilité et des ssures. S’il est endommagé, remplacez-le avec
un nouveau tuyau disponible auprès de notre Service Après-
vente ou votre détaillant spécialisé. Selon le type de tuyau :
ENGLISH
10
Cleaning and maintenance
ATTENTION: Always unplug the appliance when cleaning it
and when performing maintenance work. Do not use flammable
liquids to clean the machine.
CLEANING THE DISHWASHER
Any marks on the inside of the appliance may be
removed using a cloth dampened with water and
a little vinegar.
The external surfaces of the machine and the
control panel can be cleaned using a non-abrasive
cloth which has been dampened with water. Do
not use solvents or abrasive products.
PREVENTING UNPLEASANT ODOURS
Always keep the door of the appliance ajar in order to avoid mo-
isture from forming and being trapped inside the machine.
Clean the seals around the door and detergent dispensers regu-
larly using a damp sponge. This will avoid food becoming trapped
in the seals, which is the main cause behind the formation of
unpleasant odours.
CHEKING THE WATER SUPPLY HOSE
Check the inlet hose regularly for brittleness and cracks. If dama-
ged, replace it by a new hose available through our After-Sales
Service or your specialist dealer. Depending on the hose type:
If the inlet hose has a transparent coating, periodically check if
the colour intensifies locall . If yes, the hose may have a leak and
should be replaced.
For water stop hoses: check the small safety valve inspection
window (see arrow). If it is red, the water stop function was trig-
gered, and the hose must be replaced by a new one.
For unscrewing this hose, press the release button while unscre-
wing the hose.
CLEANING THE WATER INLET HOSE
If the water hoses are new or have not been used for an exten-
ded period of time, let the water run to make sure it is clear and
free of impurities before performing the necessary connections. If
this precaution is not taken, the water inlet could become blocked
and damage the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the filter assembly so that the filters do not clo
and that the waste water flows away correctl .
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The filter assembly consists of three filters which remove foo
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the filter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running
water, using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions
below:
1. Turn the cylindrical filter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup filter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side flaps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate filter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you find foreign objects (such as broken glass, porc -
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER RE-
MOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the filters, replace the filter assembly and fix it
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efficient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the
spray arms and block the holes
used to spray the water. It is
therefore recommended that you
check the arms from time to time
and clean them with a small
non-metallic brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be
replaced so that the side with
the greater number of holes is
facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efficienc . This system regenerates itself with salt,
therefore it is required to refill salt container when empt . Frequen-
cy
of regeneration depends on water hardness level setting - by
default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles with water
hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in final rins
and finishes in drying phase, before cycle ends
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water; takes up to 5 addi-
tional minutes for the cycle; consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
A
A
B
C
12
34
Si le tuyau d’arrivée a un revêtement transparent, vériez si la
couleur est plus prononcée à certains endroits. Si cest le cas, il
pourrait y avoir une fuite et il doit être remplacé.
Pour les tuyaux d’arrêt d’eau : vériez la petite fenêtre
d’inspection de la soupape de sécurité (voir la èche). Si elle est
rouge, la fonction d’arrêt d’eau a été déclenchée et le tuyau doit
être remplacé avec un nouveau. Pour dévisser ce tuyau, appuyez
le bouton déclencheur tout en dévissant le tuyau.
Nettoyer le tuyau d’arrivée d’eau
Si les tuyaux d’eau sont neufs ou s’ils n’ont pas été utilisés
depuis longtemps, laissez l’eau couler pour vous assurer qu’il
n’y a pas d’impureté ou de saleté avant de les brancher. Si
vous n’eectuez pas cette opération, l’arrivée d’eau pourrait se
boucher et endommager le lave-vaisselle.
Nettoyer l’ensemble ltre
Nettoyez régulièrement l’ensemble ltre pour éviter qu’il ne se
bouche et pour permettre aux eaux usées de bien s’éliminer.
L’utilisation du lave-vaisselle avec des ltres obstrués ou des
objets étrangers à l’intérieur du système de ltration ou des
bras de pulvérisation peut provoquer un dysfonctionnement
donnant lieu à une perte de performances, un fonctionnement
bruyant ou une utilisation supérieure des ressources.
Lensemble ltre comprend trois ltres qui séparent les résidus
de nourriture de l’eau de lavage pour ensuite faire circuler l’eau :
vous devez les garder propre pour obtenir les meilleurs résultats
lors du lavage.
N’utilisez pas le lave-vaisselle sans les ltres ou si un ltre
est mal ajusté.
Au moins une fois par mois, ou tous les 30 cycles, vériez
l’ensemble ltre et si nécessaire, nettoyez-le minutieusement sous
l’eau courante, en utilisant une brosse non-métallique et en suivant
les instructions ci-dessous :
1. Tournez le ltre cylindrique A dans le sens antihoraire et
retirez-le (Fig. 1).
2. Enlevez le panier du ltre B en appliquant une légère
pression sur les volets latéraux (Fig. 2).
3. Retirez la plaque du ltre en acier inoxydable C (Fig. 3).
4. Si vous trouvez des objets étrangers (comme du verre
cassé, de la porcelaine, des os, des grains de fruits, etc) il
convient de les enlever minutieusement.
5. Inspecter la cavité et enlever les résidus de nourriture. NE
JAMAIS ENLEVER la protection de la pompe du cycle de
lavage (détails en couleur noir) (Fig 4).
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
Après avoir nettoyé les ltres, remplacez l’ensemble ltre et
xez-le correctement en position ; c’est très important pour que
le lave-vaisselle garde son ecacité.
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
Nettoyage des bras d’aspersion
À l’occasion, des résidus de nourriture
s’incrustent dans les gicleurs et
bloquent les trous utilisés pour
asperger de l’eau. Il est donc conseillé
de vérier les gicleurs de temps en
temps et de les nettoyer avec une
petite brosse non métallique.
Pour enlever le bras d’aspersion
supérieur, tournez l’anneau de
verrouillage en plastique dans le
sens antihoraire. Le bras d’aspersion
supérieur doit être replacé de façon
que le côté avec le plus grand nombre
de trous est placé vers le haut.
Le gicleur inférieur peut être enlevé en
le tirant vers le haut.
Système d’adoucisseur d’eau
Un adoucisseur d’eau réduit automatiquement la dureté de
l’eau, en évitant ainsi la formation de calcaire sur la résistance,
et en contribuant également à une meilleure ecacité de
nettoyage. Ce système se régénère automatiquement avec
du sel, il est donc requis de remplir le récipient de sel lorsqu’il
est vide. La fréquence de régénération dépend du réglage du
niveau de dureté de l’eau - la régénération par défaut a lieu une
fois tous les 5 cycles Éco avec un niveau de dureté de l’eau réglé
à 3. Le processus de régénération démarre lors des rinçages
naux et prend n en phase de séchage, an la n du cycle. La
régénération seule consomme :
- ~3,5L d’eau ;
- elle prend 5 minutes de plus pour le cycle ;
- elle consomme moins de 0,005kWh d’énergie.
Nettoyage et entretien
FRANÇAIS 43
Que faut-il faire si...
Votre lave-vaisselle ne fonctionne pas correctement, vériez si le problème peut être résolu en suivant la liste
suivante. Pour toute autre erreur ou problème, contactez le Service après-vente agréé dont vous trouverez les
coordonnées dans le livret de garantie. Le fabricant garantit la disponibilité des pièces de rechange pendant au
moins 10 ans après la date de production de cet appareil.
Problèmes... Causes possibles... Solutions...
What to do if ...What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After refill
the salt indicator may remain lit
for several wash cycles).
Refill reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After refill the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Refill dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it
back on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it
back in.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The wash cycle has not finished yet Wait until the wash cycle finishes
The drain hose is bent. Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
The sink drain pipe is blocked. Clean the sink drain pipe.
The filter is clogged up with food
residues. Clean the filter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are rattling against
each. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Reset the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program, press
START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds. Please do not
add any detergent.
The dishes are not clean.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The spray arms cannot rotate freely,
being hindered by the dishes. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The wash cycle is too gentle
and/or detergent efficiency is lo . Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not suitable
for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER).
The cap on the rinse aid compart-
ment has not been shut correctly. Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
The filter is soiled or clogged Clean the filter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
There is no salt. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
The dishwasher does not fill
the water.
Display shows: H
6
and On/Off LED is blin-
king
rapidly
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed. Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap running.
The inlet hose is bent. Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION) repro-
gram the dishwasher and reboot.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
After having carried out the verification and cleaning, turn o f and
turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
Le voyant de niveau de
sel est allumé
Le réservoir à sel est vide. (Après
le remplissage, il est possible
que le voyant du niveau de sel
régénérant ne s'éteigne qu'au bout
de plusieurs cycles de lavage).
Remplissez le réservoir de sel régénérant (pour plus
d'informations, reportez-vous à la page8).
Réglez la dureté de l'eau - reportez-vous au tableau de la
page8.
What to do if ...What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After refill
the salt indicator may remain lit
for several wash cycles).
Refill reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After refill the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Refill dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it
back on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it
back in.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The wash cycle has not finished yet Wait until the wash cycle finishes
The drain hose is bent. Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
The sink drain pipe is blocked. Clean the sink drain pipe.
The filter is clogged up with food
residues. Clean the filter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are rattling against
each. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Reset the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program, press
START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds. Please do not
add any detergent.
The dishes are not clean.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The spray arms cannot rotate freely,
being hindered by the dishes. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The wash cycle is too gentle
and/or detergent efficiency is lo . Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not suitable
for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER).
The cap on the rinse aid compart-
ment has not been shut correctly. Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
The filter is soiled or clogged Clean the filter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
There is no salt. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
The dishwasher does not fill
the water.
Display shows: H
6
and On/Off LED is blin-
king
rapidly
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed. Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap running.
The inlet hose is bent. Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION) repro-
gram the dishwasher and reboot.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
After having carried out the verification and cleaning, turn o f and
turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
le voyant du niveau de
liquide de rinçage est
allumé
Le distributeur de liquide de
rinçage est vide. (Après le
remplissage, il est possible que
le voyant du niveau de liquide de
rinçage ne s'éteigne qu'au bout
de plusieurs cycles de lavage).
Remplissez le distributeur de liquide de rinçage (pour plus
d'informations, reportez-vous à la page 8).
Le lave-vaisselle ou les
commandes ne fonctionnent
pas.
L'appareil n'est pas bien
branché. Insérez la che dans la prise de courant.
Panne de courant. Pour des raisons de sécurité, le lave-vaisselle ne redémarrera
pas automatiquement lors du rétablissement du courant.
Ouvrez la porte du lave-vaisselle, appuyez sur le bouton Start
et fermez la porte dans les 4 secondes.
La porte du lave-vaisselle n'est
pas fermée.
La broche Natural Dry n'est pas
entrée.
Poussez vigoureusement la porte pour entendre le « clic ».
Les commandes ne fonctionnent
pas. L'acheur indique: 9 ou
12 et le voyant MARCHE/ARRÊT
clignote rapidement.
Éteindre l'appareil en appuyant sur la touche MARCHE/
ARRÊT, rallumez-le environ une minute après, et réinitialisez
le programme. Si le problème persiste, débranchez l'appareil
pendant 1 minute, puis rebranchez-le.
Le lave-vaisselle ne se
vidange pas.
L'acheur indique: 3 et le
voyant Marche/Arrêt clignote
rapidement
Le cycle de lavage n'est pas
encore terminé Attendre que le cycle se termine
Le tuyau de vidange est plié.
Assurez-vous que le tuyau de vidange n'est pas plié (voir
INSTALLATION).
Le conduit de vidange de l'évier
est bouché. Nettoyez le conduit de vidange de l'évier.
Le ltre est bouché par des
résidus de nourriture. Nettoyez le ltre (voir NETTOYAGE DE L’ENSEMBLE FILTRE).
Le lave-vaisselle fait
beaucoup de bruit.
La vaisselle s'entrechoque. Replacez la vaisselle (voir CHARGEMENT DES PANIERS).
Il y a une trop grande quantité
de mousse. Le détergent a été mal mesuré ou il n'est pas adéquat
pour les lave-vaisselles (voir REMPLIR LE DISTRIBUTEUR
DE DÉTERGENT). Relancez le cycle en cours en éteignant le
lave-vaisselle, puis en le rallumant, sélectionnez un nouveau
programme, appuyez sur START/Pause et fermez la porte
dans les 4 secondes. Merci de ne pas ajouter de détergent.
La vaisselle n'est pas propre.
La vaisselle n'est pas bien
placée. Replacez la vaisselle (voir CHARGEMENT DES PANIERS).
Les gicleurs ne bougent pas
librement, ils sont gênés par la
vaisselle.
Replacez la vaisselle (voir CHARGEMENT DES PANIERS).
Le cycle de lavage est trop
délicat et/ou l'ecacité du
détergent est faible.
Sélectionnez le cycle de lavage approprié (voir TABLEAU DES
PROGRAMMES).
Il y a une trop grande quantité
de mousse. Le détergent a été mal mesuré ou il n'est pas adéquat pour les
lave-vaisselles (voir REMPLIR LE DISTRIBUTEUR DE DÉTERGENT).
Le bouchon du compartiment de
liquide de rinçage n'est pas bien
fermé.
Assurez-vous que le bouchon du distributeur de liquide de
rinçage est fermé.
Le ltre est sale ou bouché Nettoyez l'ensemble de ltre (voir NETTOYAGE ET ENTRETIEN).
Il n'y a pas de sel.
Remplir le réservoir de sel (voir REMPLIR LE RÉSERVOIR DE SEL).
FRANÇAIS 44
Que faut-il faire si...
Service Après-vente
Problèmes... Causes possibles... Solutions...
Le lave-vaisselle termine son
cycle prématurément.
L'acheur indique: 15 et le
voyant Marche/Arrêt clignote
rapidement
Tuyau de vidange positionné
trop bas ou évacuation
dans le système des égouts
domestiques
Vériez si l'extrémité du tuyau de vidange est placée
à la hauteur correcte (voir INSTALLATION). Vériez le
détournement dans le système des égouts domestiques,
installez une vanne d'admission d'air si nécessaire.
De l'air est présent dans
l'alimentation en eau Vériez si l'alimentation en eau présente des fuites ou
d'autres problèmes laissant entrer de l'air.
L'eau n'arrive pas au lave-
vaisselle.
L'acheur indique: H
6 et le voyant Marche/Arrêt
clignote rapidement
L'alimentation d'eau est vide ou
le robinet est fermé. Assurez-vous qu'il y a de l'eau dans le circuit d'alimentation ou
que le robinet est ouvert.
Le tuyau d'arrivée est plié.
Assurez-vous que le tuyau de vidange n'est pas plié (voir
INSTALLATION) programmez le lave-vaisselle de nouveau et
réinitialisez-le.
Le tamis dans le tuyau d'arrivée
d'eau est bloqué ; vous devez le
nettoyer.
Après avoir complété la vérication et le nettoyage, éteignez
et rallumez le lave-vaisselle et redémarrez le programme.
La porte ne se verrouille pas.
Les paniers ne sont pas
totalement insérés. Vériez que les paniers sont totalement insérés.
La porte n'est pas verrouillée. Poussez vigoureusement la porte pour entendre
le « claquement ».
La vaisselle n'est pas sèche.
Le programme sélectionné n'a
pas de phase de séchage. Vériez sur le tableau de programme si le programme
sélectionné comprend une phase de séchage.
Il ne reste plus de liquide de
rinçage ou le dosage n'est pas
adéquat.
Ajouter le liquide de rinçage ou ajuster les niveaux de dosage
supérieurs (voir REMPLIR LE DISTRIBUTEUR DE LIQUIDE DE
RINÇAGE).
La vaisselle est antiadhésive ou
en plastique. La présence de gouttelettes d'eau est normale (voir Astuces).
Des traces de calcaire ou un
lm blanc sont présentes sur
la vaisselle et les verres
Le niveau de sel est trop bas.
Remplir le réservoir de sel (voir REMPLIR LE RÉSERVOIR DE SEL).
Le réglage de la dureté de l'eau
n'est pas bon. Augmentez les valeurs (voir TABLEAU DE DURETÉ DE L'EAU).
Le bouchon du réservoir de sel
n'est pas bien fermé. Vériez le bouchon du réservoir de sel.
Il ne reste plus de liquide de
rinçage ou le dosage n'est pas
adéquat.
Ajoutez du liquide de rinçage ou augmentez le niveau de
dosage .
La vaisselle et les verres
présentent des traces
bleuâtres
Le dosage du liquide de rinçage
est trop éle Ajustez les taux de dosage à des valeurs inférieures.
Si, après avoir eectué les contrôles ci-dessus, le défaut persiste,
éteignez l'appareil, débranchez-le de la prise secteur et fermez
la valve d'eau. Contactez le Service Après-Vente (voir également
la garantie).
Avant de contacter le Service Après-Vente, munissez-vous des
données suivantes:
- description de la panne,
- type et modèle de l'appareil,
- le numéro de Service, numéro indiqué sur l'étiquette
signalétique adhésive du Service Après-vente
apposée à l'intérieur de la porte, à droite :
FRANÇAIS 45
Données techniques
Dimensions du
produit (mm)
Hauteur mm 820
Largeur mm 448
Profondeur mm 555
Performances
Tension V 220/240
Fréquence Hz 50
Classe énergétique A+++
Pression d'alimentation en eau, max Bar 10
Pression d'alimentation en eau, min Bar 0,2
Consommation d'énergie annuelle kWh/an 170
Alimentation en eau, température maximale d'eau
en entrée. °C 70
Réglage du nombre de places 10
Consommation électrique en mode laissé sur
marche W 5
Consommation électrique en mode éteint W 0.5
Consommation d'eau annuelle l/an 2436
Niveau de bruit dB(A) re 1 pW 41
Conseils pour la protection de l’environnement
Élimination des matériaux d’emballage
Les matériaux d’emballage sont entièrement recyclables comme
l’indique le symbole de recyclage . Les diérentes parties de
l’emballage doivent donc être jetées de manière responsable
et en totale conformité avec les réglementations des autorités
locales régissant la mise au rebut des déchets.
Mise au rebut des appareils électroménagers
Cet appareil est fabriqué à partir de matériaux recyclables
ou réutilisables. Mettez-le au rebut en vous conformant aux
réglementations locales en matière d’élimination des déchets.
Pour toute information supplémentaire sur le traitement et le
recyclage des appareils électroménagers, contactez le service
local compétent, le service de collecte des déchets ménagers
ou le magasin où vous avez acheté l’appareil. Cet appareil est
certié conforme à la Directive européenne 2012/19/UE relative
aux déchets d’équipements électriques et électroniques (DEEE).
En vous assurant que l’appareil est mis au rebut correctement,
vous pouvez aider à éviter d’éventuelles conséquences négatives
sur l’environnement et la santé humaine.
Le symbole sur le produit ou sur la documentation qui
l’accompagne indique qu’il ne doit pas être traité comme
un déchet domestique, mais doit être remis à un centre de
collecte spécialisé pour le recyclage des appareils électriques et
électroniques. «.
Conseils pour économiser l’énergie
Le programme Éco est adapté pour nettoyer de la vaisselle
normalement sale, et pour cette utilisation, il est le programme
le plus ecace en termes de consommation d’énergie et
d’eau combinée, et il est utilisé pour évaluer la conformité à la
législation européenne en matière d’éco-conception.
Le chargement du lave-vaisselle jusqu’à la capacité indiquée
par le fabricant contribuera à économiser l’énergie et l’eau.
Le prérinçage manuel de la vaisselle consomme davantage
d’eau te d’énergie et n’est pas recommandé. Lorsque le lave-
vaisselle domestique est utilisé conformément aux instructions
du fabricant, le lavage de la vaisselle dans un lave-vaisselle
consomme habituellement moins d’énergie et d’eau que la
vaisselle à la main.
FRANÇAIS 46
Installation
ATTENTION : Si l’appareil doit être déplacé à un moment ou
un autre, gardez-le en position debout ; si c’est absolument
nécessaire, il peut être incliné vers l’arrière.
Brancher l’alimentation d’eau
Lors de l’installation, le branchement de l’alimentation d’eau doit
être eectué par un technicien qualié.
Les tuyaux d’arrivée et de sortie d’eau peuvent être placés
vers la gauche ou la droite dans le but d’obtenir la meilleure
installation.
Assurez-vous que le lave-vaisselle ne plie pas ou nécrase pas les
tuyaux.
Brancher le tuyau d’arrivée d’eau
Faire couler l’eau jusqu’à ce qu’elle soit parfaitement claire.
Vissez le tuyau d’alimentation en place et ouvrez le robinet.
Si le tuyau d’alimentation n’est pas assez long, contactez un
magasin spécialisé ou un technicien agréé.
La pression d’eau doit être entre les valeurs indiquées dans
le tableau des données techniques - sinon le lave-vaisselle ne
fonctionnera pas bien.
Assurez-vous que le tuyau nest pas plié ou écrasé.
Spécications pour le raccordement de l’eau
Alimentation d'eau chaud ou froid (max. 60°C)
Arrivée d'eau 3/4”
Puissance de la pression
d'eau
Pression
0,05 ÷ 1 MPa (0,5 ÷ 10 bars)
7,25 – 145 psi
Tuyau d’alimentation :
Brancher le tuyau de sortie d’eau
Branchez le tuyau de sortie à un conduit de drainage qui a un
diamètre d’au moins 2 cm A.
INSTALLATION
ENGLISH
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto
its back.
CONNECTING THE WATER SUPPLY
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
performed by a qualified technician
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation.
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses.
CONNECTING THE WATER INLET HOSE
Run the water until it is perfectly clear.
Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap.
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or
an authorised technician.
The water pressure must be within the values indicated in the
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
properly.
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER
SUPPLY HOSE:
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter
of 2 cm A.
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from
40 to 80 cm from the floor or surface where the dishwasher rests
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
the plastic plug B.
ANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
is provided with a special system which blocks the water supply in
the event of anomalies or leaks from inside the appliance.
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-flooding protectio
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
hose be cut as it contains live electrical parts.
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
The socket is earth and complies with current regulations;
The socket can withstand the maximum load of the applian-
ce as shown on the data plate located on the inside of the door
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
the data plate on the inside of the door.
The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension ca-
bles or multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed,
the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
order to prevent all potential hazards.
The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
these regulations are not observed.
POSITIONING AND LEVELLING
1.
2.
Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy floo . If the floor i
uneven, the front feet of the appliance may be adjusted until
it reaches a horizontal position. If the appliance is levelled
correctly, it will be more stable and much less likely to move or
cause vibrations and noise while it is operating.
Before recessing the dishwasher, stick the adhesive transparent
strip under the wooden shelf in order to protect it from any con-
densation which may form.
3.
4.
Place the dishwasher so that its sides or back panel are in
contact with the adjacent cabinets or the wall. This appliance
can also be recessed under a single worktop.
To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
bushing on the lower central part at the front of the dishwasher
using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the
spanner in a clockwise direction to increase the height and in
an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
MIN 40 cm
MAX 80 cm
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
WATER INTAKE 3/4”
POWER OF WATER
PRESSURE
0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar)
7.25 145 psi
WIDTH 598 mm
HEIGHT 820 mm
DEPTH 555 mm
CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
Le raccord du tuyau de sortie doit être à une hauteur comprise
entre 40 et 80 cm du sol ou de la surface où s’appuie le lave-
vaisselle. Avant de brancher le tuyau de sortie d’eau à l’évier,
enlevez le bouchon en plastique B.
Dispositif anti-refoulement
Dispositif anti-refoulement. Pour empêcher la survenue de
refoulement, le lave-vaisselle est muni d’un système spécial qui
bloque l’alimentation d’eau en cas de problème ou de fuites à
l’intérieur de l’appareil.
Certain modèles sont aussi munis du dispositif de sécurité
supplémentaire New Aqua Stop, qui garantit une protection
anti-refoulement en cas de rupture du tuyau d’alimentation..
Le modèle dispose du système de protection d’eau Aquastop
Le tuyau d’arrivée d’eau ne doit jamais être coupé, il comprend
des pièces électrique sous tension.
Branchement électrique
ATTENTION: Le tuyau d’arrivée d’eau ne doit jamais être
coupé, il comprend des pièces électrique sous tension.
Avant de brancher la che dans la prise de courante, assurez-
vous que :
La prise est mise à la terre et est conforme aux règlements
en vigueur ;
La prise peut
INSTALLATION
ENGLISH
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto
its back.
CONNECTING THE WATER SUPPLY
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
performed by a qualified technician
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation.
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses.
CONNECTING THE WATER INLET HOSE
Run the water until it is perfectly clear.
Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap.
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or
an authorised technician.
The water pressure must be within the values indicated in the
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
properly.
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER
SUPPLY HOSE:
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter
of 2 cm A.
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from
40 to 80 cm from the floor or surface where the dishwasher rests
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
the plastic plug B.
ANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
is provided with a special system which blocks the water supply in
the event of anomalies or leaks from inside the appliance.
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-flooding protectio
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
hose be cut as it contains live electrical parts.
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
The socket is earth and complies with current regulations;
The socket can withstand the maximum load of the applian-
ce as shown on the data plate located on the inside of the door
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
the data plate on the inside of the door.
The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension ca-
bles or multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed,
the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
order to prevent all potential hazards.
The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
these regulations are not observed.
POSITIONING AND LEVELLING
1.
2.
Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy floo . If the floor i
uneven, the front feet of the appliance may be adjusted until
it reaches a horizontal position. If the appliance is levelled
correctly, it will be more stable and much less likely to move or
cause vibrations and noise while it is operating.
Before recessing the dishwasher, stick the adhesive transparent
strip under the wooden shelf in order to protect it from any con-
densation which may form.
3.
4.
Place the dishwasher so that its sides or back panel are in
contact with the adjacent cabinets or the wall. This appliance
can also be recessed under a single worktop.
To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
bushing on the lower central part at the front of the dishwasher
using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the
spanner in a clockwise direction to increase the height and in
an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
MIN 40 cm
MAX 80 cm
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
WATER INTAKE 3/4”
POWER OF WATER
PRESSURE
0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar)
7.25 145 psi
WIDTH 598 mm
HEIGHT 820 mm
DEPTH 555 mm
CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
résister à la charge maximum de l’appareil
qui est indiquée sur la plaque signalétique située à l’intérieur
de la porte (voir DESCRIPTION DU PRODUIT).
La tension de l’alimentation électrique se trouve entre
les valeurs indiquées sur la plaque signalétique située à
l’intérieur de la.
La prise est compatible avec la che de l’appareil.
Si ce n’est pas le cas, demandez à un technicien qualié de
remplacer la che (voir le SERVICE APRÈS-VENTE). N’utilisez ni
rallonge, ni multiprise. Une fois que l’appareil est installé, le
câble d’alimentation électrique et la prise de courant doivent
être facilement accessible.
Le câble ne doit pas être plié ou écrasé.
Si le câble d’alimentation électrique est endommagé, demandé
au fabricant ou un Centre d’assistance technique de le
remplacer pour éviter de possibles dangers.
Lentreprise décline toute responsabilité en cas d’incident si ces
règles ne sont pas observées.
Positionnement et nivelage
1. Placez le lave-vaisselle sur un plancher solide et au niveau.
Si le plancher est inégal, les supports avant de l’appareil
peuvent être ajustés pour atteindre la bonne position
horizontale. Si l’appareil est bien nivelé, il sera plus stable et
moins enclin à ce déplacer ou vibrer et faire du bruit lors du
fonctionnement.
2. Avant d’encastrer le lave-vaisselle, collez la pellicule adhésive
transparente sous la tablette de bois an de la protéger de la
condensation qui pourrait se former.
3. Placez le lave-vaisselle de façon à ce que les panneaux
latéraux ou le panneau arrière soient en contact avec les
meubles ou le mur adjacent. Cet appareil peut aussi être
encastré sous un comptoir.
4. Pour ajuster la hauteur du support arrière, tournez la douille
hexagonale rouge située sur la partie centrale inférieure à
l’avant du lave-vaisselle en utilisant une clé hexagonale avec
une ouverture de 8 mm. Tournez la clé dans le sens horaire
pour le soulever et dans le sens antihoraire pour l’abaisser.
Dimensions et capacité:
Largeur 448 mm
La taille 820 mm
Profondeur 555 mm
Capacité 10 couverts standard
FRANÇAIS 47
GARANTIE IKEA (FRANCE)
CONTRAT DE GARANTIE ET DE SERVICE APRES-VENTE IKEA
Décret n° 87-1045 relatif à la présentation des écrits constatant
les contrats de garantie et de service après-vente (J.O.R.F. du 29
décembre 1987).
Préalablement à la signature du bon de commande, le vendeur
indiquera à l’acheteur les installations nécessaires pour assurer le
branchement de l’appareil selon les règles de l’art.
Numéros de modèle et de série (Reporter ici le numéro
d’identication porté sur l’étiquette code barre du produit)
Modèle :
N° de série :
Date d’achat (Reporter ici la date d’achat portée sur votre ticket de
caisse) :
Le vendeur est tenu de fournir une marchandise conforme à la
commande.
Livraison et mise en service
par le client (selon modalités dénies et mentionnées sur la
facture d’achat ou le bon de commande).
Gratuite : non (tarif et modalités disponibles en magasin et
fournis au client au moment de la commande ou de l’achat).
Mise en service : non.
En cas de défauts apparents ou d’absence de notice d’emploi et
d’entretien, l’acheteur a intérêt à les faire constater par écrit par le
vendeur ou le livreur lors de l’enlèvement de la livraison ou de la
mise en service.
Garantie Légale (sans supplément de prix)
du défaut caché, le vendeur doit légalement en réparer toutes
les conséquences (art.1641 et suivants du Code Civil). Si l’acheteur
s’adresse aux tribunaux, il doit le faire dans un délai de deux ans
à compter de la découverte du défaut caché (art.1648 du Code
Civil).
Nota - En cas de recherche de solutions amiables préalablement
à toute action en justice, il est rappelé qu’elles n’interrompent
pas le délai de prescription. La réparation des conséquences
du défaut caché, lorsqu’il a été prouvé, comporte, selon la
jurisprudence:
soit la réparation totalement gratuite de l’appareil, y compris
les frais de main-d’oeuvre et de déplacement au lieu de la
mise en service ;
soit son remplacement ou le remboursement total ou
partiel de son prix au cas où l’appareil serait totalement ou
partiellement inutilisable ;
et I’indemnisation du dommage éventuellement causé aux
personnes ou aux biens par le défaut de l’appareil.
La garantie légale due par le vendeur n’exclut en rien la garantie
légale due par le constructeur.
Litiges éventuels
En cas de diculté vous avez la possibilité, avant toute action
en justice, de rechercher une solution amiable, notamment avec
l’aide:
d’une association de consommateurs ;
ou d’une organisation professionnelle de la branche;
ou de tout autre conseil de votre choix.
Il est rappelé que la recherche d’une solution amiable
n’interrompt pas le délai de deux ans de l’art.1648 du Code Civil.
Il est aussi rappelé qu’en règle générale et sous réserve de
l’appréciation des tribunaux, le respect des dispositions de la
présente garantie contractuelle suppose :
Que l’acheteur honore ses engagements nanciers envers le
vendeur;
Que l’acheteur utilise l’appareil de façon normale; (*)
Que pour les opérations nécessitant une haute technicité
aucun tiers non agréé par le vendeur ou le constructeur
n’intervienne pour réparation sur l’appareil (sauf cas de force
majeure ou carence prolongée du vendeur).
(*) Voir la notice d’emploi et d’entretien et les conditions
d’application de la garantie contractuelle
Garantie contractuelle IKEA
PRIX : rien à payer en sus.
DUREE : 5 (cinq) ans.
POINT DE DEPART : à compter de la date d’achat chez IKEA.
RÉPARATION DE LAPPAREIL :
remplacement des pièces, main-d’oeuvre, déplacement,
transport des pièces ou de l’appareil : oui
garantie des pièces remplacées : non
délai d’intervention : fonction du type de réparation et porté à
la connaissance de l’acheteur avant intervention.
REMPLACEMENT OU REMBOURSEMENT DE LAPPAREIL (en cas
d’impossibilité de réparation reconnue par le vendeur et le
constructeur) : oui
Pour mettre en oeuvre le service après-vente en cas de panne
couverte par la garantie contractuelle, ou pour obtenir des
informations techniques pour la mise en service ou le bon
fonctionnement de l’appareil, contacter IKEA au numéro de
téléphone respectif, suivant le pays, indiqué à la n de cette
notice et correspondant à votre appareil.
Conservez votre preuve d’achat avec le document de garantie, ils
vous seront nécessaires pour la mise en oeuvre de la garantie.
CONDITIONS DE GARANTIE CONTRACTUELLE IKEA
Quelle est la durée de validité de la garantie ?
La présente garantie est valable cinq ans à compter de la date
d’achat chez IKEA d’un appareil électroménager de l’assortiment
cuisines.
Loriginal du ticket de caisse, de la facture ou du bon de livraison
en cas de vente à distance sera exigé comme preuve de l’achat.
Conservez-le dans un endroit sûr.
La réparation ou le remplacement du produit défectueux
n’a pas pour conséquence de prolonger la durée initiale de
garantie. Toutefois, conformément à l’art. L.211-16 du Code de la
Consommation, toute période d’immobilisation du produit, pour
une remise en état couverte par la garantie, d’au moins sept jours
vient s’ajouter à la durée de la garantie qui restait à courir à la
date de la demande d’intervention du consommateur ou de la
mise à disposition pour réparation du bien en cause, si cette mise
à disposition est postérieure à la demande d’intervention.
Qui est couvert par la garantie ?
La présente garantie concerne l’acheteur agissant en qualité de
consommateur à compter de la date d’achat du produit.
Qui exécutera les prestations dans le cadre de la garantie ?
Le prestataire de services désigné par IKEA fournira l’assistance
de son réseau de réparateurs agréés pour vous servir dans le
cadre de cette garantie. Pour la mise en oeuvre, veuillez vous
reporter à la rubrique «Comment nous joindre ».
Que couvre cette garantie ?
La présente garantie IKEA couvre les défauts de construction et
de fabrication susceptibles de nuire à une utilisation normale,
à compter de la date d’achat chez IKEA par le client. Elle ne
s’applique que dans le cadre d’un usage domestique.
Les exclusions sont reprises dans la section “Qu’est-ce qui n’est
pas couvert dans le cadre de cette garantie ?”
Les présentes conditions de garantie couvrent les frais de
réparation, de pièces de rechange, de main d’oeuvre et de
déplacement du personnel à domicile pendant une période
de cinq (5) ans, à compter de la date d’achat chez IKEA, sous
réserve que les défauts soient couverts et à condition que
l’appareil soit disponible pour réparation sans occasionner de
dépenses spéciales. Voir aussi “Rappel des dispositions légales”.
Les pièces remplacées deviennent la propriété de IKEA. Ces
dispositions ne s’appliquent pas aux réparations eectuées sans
autorisation du prestataire de services IKEA.
Que ferons-nous pour remédier au problème ?
Dans le cadre de cette garantie, le prestataire de service désigné
par IKEA, examinera le produit. Si après vérication, et hormis
mise en oeuvre de la garantie légale, il est reconnu que votre
réclamation est couverte par la présente garantie contractuelle,
il sera procédé à la réparation du produit défectueux, ou en
cas d’impossibilité de réparation, à son remplacement par
FRANÇAIS 48
le même article ou par un article de qualité et de technicité
comparable. Compte tenu des évolutions technologiques,
l’article de remplacement de qualité équivalente peut être d’un
prix inférieur au modèle acheté.
Si aucun article équivalent n’est disponible, et en cas
d’impossibilité totale ou partielle de réparation reconnue par
le prestataire de IKEA ou son représentant agréé, sous réserve
que les conditions d’application de la garantie soient remplies,
IKEA procèdera au remboursement total ou partiel de l’appareil
reconnu défectueux.
Le prestataire de service désigné par IKEA s’engage à tout
mettre en oeuvre pour apporter une solution rapide et
satisfaisante dans le cadre de cette garantie mais ni IKEA, ni
le prestataire ne sauraient être tenus pour responsables des
cas de forces majeurs, tels que dénis par la jurisprudence,
susceptibles d’empêcher l’application correcte de la garantie.
Qu’est-ce qui n’est pas couvert dans le cadre de la présente
garantie ?
L’usure normale et graduelle inhérente aux appareils
électroménagers, compte tenu de la durée de vie et du
comportement communément admis pour des produits
semblables.
Les dommages engageant la responsabilité d’un tiers ou
résultant d’une faute intentionnelle ou dolosive.
Les dommages résultant du non respect des consignes
d’utilisation, d’une mauvaise installation non conforme aux
instructions du fabricant et/ou aux règles de l’art, notamment
en matière de raccordement au réseau électrique, ou aux
arrivées d’eau ou de gaz qui requièrent l’intervention d’un
professionnel qualié.
Les dommages tels que, entre autres, le vol, la chute ou le choc
d’un objet, l’incendie, la décoloration à la lumière, les brûlures,
l’humidité ou la chaleur sèche excessive ou toute autre condition
environnementale anormale, les coupures, les éraures,
toute imprégnation par un liquide, les réactions chimiques ou
électrochimiques, la rouille, la corrosion, ou un dégât des eaux
résultant entre autres, d’un taux de calcaire trop élevé dans l’eau
d’approvisionnement.
Les pièces d’usure normale dites pièces consommables, comme
par exemple les piles, les ampoules, les ltres, les joints, tuyaux
de vidange, etc. qui nécessitent un remplacement régulier pour
le fonctionnement normal de l’appareil.
Les dommages aux éléments non fonctionnels et décoratifs
qui n’aectent pas l’usage normal de l’appareil, notamment les
rayures, coupures, éraures, décoloration.
Les dommages accidentels causés par des corps ou substances
étrangers et par le nettoyage et déblocage des ltres, systèmes
d’évacuation ou compartiments pour détergent.
Les dommages causés aux pièces suivantes : verre céramique,
accessoires, paniers à vaisselle et à couverts, tuyaux
d’alimentation et d’évacuation, joints, lampes et protections
de lampes, écrans, boutons et poignées, chassis et parties de
chassis.
Les frais de transport de l’appareil, de déplacement du
réparateur et de main-d’oeuvre relatif à un dommage non
garanti ou non constaté par le réparateur agréé.
Les réparations eectuées par un prestataire de service et /
ou un partenaire non agréés, ou en cas d’utilisation de pièces
autres que des pièces d’origine, toute réparation de fortune ou
provisoire restant à la charge du client qui supporterait en outre,
les conséquences de l’aggravation éventuelle du dommage en
résultant.
L’utilisation en environnement non domestique, par exemple
usage professionnel ou collectif, ou dans un lieu public.
Les dommages liés au transport lorsque l’appareil est emporté
par le client lui-même ou un prestataire de transport qu’il a
lui-même désigné. Lorsque l’appareil est livré par IKEA, les
dommages résultant du transport seront pris en charge par
IKEA. Le client doit vérier ses colis et porter IMPERATIVEMENT
sur le bon de livraison des RESERVES PRECISES : indication du
nombre de colis manquants et/ou endommagés, et description
détaillée du dommage éventuel (emballage ouvert ou déchiré,
produit détérioré ou manquant, etc.)
Les coûts d’installation initiaux. Toutefois, si le prestataire de
service ou son partenaire agréé procède à une réparation ou
un remplacement d’appareil selon les termes de la présente
garantie, le prestataire de service ou son partenaire agréé ré-
installeront le cas échéant l’appareil réparé ou remplacé.
La garantie reste toutefois applicable aux appareils ayant fait
l’objet d’une adaptation dans le respect des rêgles de l’art par
un spécialiste qualié avec des pièces d’origine du fabricant
pour une mise en conformité de l’appareil aux spécications
techniques d’un autre pays membre de l’Union Européenne.
Rappel des dispositions légales :
Le fabricant s’engage à garantir la conformité des biens au
contrat ainsi que les éventuels vices cachés, conformément
aux dispositions légales gurant ci-après, sans que cela ne
fasse obstacle à la mise en oeuvre de la garantie commerciale
ci-dessus consentie lorsque celle-ci est plus étendue que la
garantie légale.
« Garantie légale de conformité » (extrait du code de la
consommation)
Art. L. 211-4. « Le vendeur est tenu de livrer un bien
conforme au contrat et répond des défauts de conformité
existant lors de la délivrance. Il répond également des
défauts de conformité résultant de l’emballage, des
instructions de montage ou de l’installation lorsque celle-ci a
été mise à sa charge par le contrat ou a été réalisée sous sa
responsabilité. »
Art. L. 211-12. « Laction résultant du défaut de conformité se
prescrit par deux ans à compter de la délivrance du bien. »
Art. L. 211-5. « Pour être conforme au contrat, le bien doit :
1° Etre propre à l’usage habituellement attendu d’un bien
semblable et, le cas échéant :
- correspondre à la description donnée par le vendeur et
posséder les qualités que celui-ci a présentées à l’acheteur
sous forme d’échantillon ou de modèle ;
- présenter les qualités qu’un acheteur peut légitimement
attendre eu égard aux déclarations publiques faites par
le vendeur, par le producteur ou par son représentant,
notamment dans la publicité ou l’étiquetage ;
- 2° Ou présenter les caractéristiques dénies d’un commun
accord par les parties ou être propre à tout usage spécial
recherché par l’acheteur, porté à la connaissance du vendeur
et que ce dernier a accepté. »
« De la garantie des défauts de la chose vendue » (extrait du
code civil)
Art. 1641. « Le vendeur est tenu de la garantie à raison des
défauts cachés de la chose vendue qui la rendent impropre à
l’usage auquel on la destine, ou qui diminuent tellement cet
usage, que l’acheteur ne l’aurait pas acquise, ou n’en aurait
donné qu’un moindre prix, s’il les avait connus. »
Art. 1648 (1er alinéa). « Laction résultant des vices
rédhibitoires doit être intentée par l’acquéreur dans un délai
de deux ans à compter de la découverte du vice »
Où s’applique la présente garantie ?
Sous réserve de conformité aux spécications techniques
et réglementations applicables et propres à chaque pays le
cas échéant, les garanties pourront être exercées auprès de
l’organisation IKEA locale du pays où le produit est utilisé sur
tout le territoire de l’Union Européenne (hors DOM et TOM).
Les conditions de garantie, étendues et limites, sont celles
applicables sur le marché local. Il est recommandé de se les
procurer auprès de l’organisation IKEA locale.
Le centre de réparation et d’entretien agréé applicable à vos
appareils électroménagers IKEA :
N’hésitez pas à contacter le prestataire de Service Après-Vente
désigné par IKEA pour:
1. requérir la mise en oeuvre du service dans le cadre de cette
garantie contractuelle.
2. obtenir des conseils pour l’installation de l’appareil IKEA
dans un meuble de cuisine IKEA prévu à cet eet.
3. obtenir des informations pour le bon fonctionnement de
l’appareil.
Pour pouvoir vous apporter la meilleure assistance, assurez-
vous d’avoir lu attentivement les instructions de montage et/ou
le manuel de l’utilisateur avant de nous contacter.
FRANÇAIS 49
Comment nous joindre pour la mise en oeuvre de la
présente garantie ?
Dans le but de vous fournir un service rapide, veuillez
utiliser le numéro de téléphone spécique à votre
pays indiqué dans le manuel. Veuillez toujours vous
reporter aux numéros énoncés dans le livret fourni
spéciquement avec l’appareil IKEA pour lequel vous avez
besoin d’assistance. Avant de nous appeler, assurez vous
de disposer de la référence IKEA (code à 8 chires) et du
numéro de service (code à 12 chires) que vous trouverez
sur la plaque d’identication apposée sur l’appareil.
CONSERVEZ IMPERATIVEMENT L’ORIGINAL DE VOTRE
TICKET DE CAISSE, FACTURE OU BON DE LIVRAISON AVEC
LE LIVRET DE GARANTIE !
Ils vous seront nécessaires comme preuve de l’achat pour
vous permettre de bénécier de la présente garantie. Vous
y retrouverez notamment la désignation et la référence
IKEA (code à 8 chires) de chaque appareil acheté.
Besoin d’aide supplémentaire ?
Si vous avez des questions supplémentaires sur les conditions
d’application des garanties IKEA (étendues et limites, produits
couverts), adressez-vous à votre magasin IKEA le plus proche.
Adresse et horaires sur
le site www.IKEA.fr, dans le catalogue IKEA
ou par téléphone au 0825 10 3000 (0,15 €/mn).
Quelle est la durée de validité de la garantie IKEA?
Cette garantie est valable cinq ans à compter de la date d’achat
de votre appareil chez IKEA. La preuve d’achat originale est
requise. Les réparations, eectuées sous garantie ne prolongent
pas la période de garantie de l’appareil.
Qui eectuera la réparation ?
Le réparateur agréé IKEA se chargera de la réparation par
le biais de son propre réseau ou du réseau de partenaires
autorisés.
Que couvre la garantie ?
La garantie couvre les défauts de l’appareil, dus à des vices
de matière ou de fabrication, à partir de la date d’achat chez
IKEA. Cette garantie ne s’applique que dans le cas d’un usage
domestique. Les exceptions sont spéciées à la rubrique “Qu’est-
ce qui n’est pas couvert par cette garantie ?” Pendant la période
de garantie, les coûts engagés pour remédier au problème,
par exemple les réparations, les pièces, la main-d’oeuvre et les
déplacements sont pris en charge à condition que l’appareil soit
accessible à des ns de réparation sans dépenses particulières.
La directive UE (N° 99/44/CE) et les règlementations locales
respectives s’appliquent à ces conditions. Les pièces remplacées
deviendront propriété d’IKEA.
Que fera IKEA pour régler le problème ?
Le réparateur désigné par IKEA examinera le produit et
décidera, à sa seule discrétion, s’il est couvert par cette garantie.
Si le réparateur estime que le produit est couvert, celui-ci, ou un
partenaire autorisé, soit réparera le produit défectueux, soit le
remplacera par un produit identique ou comparable, à sa seule
discrétion..
Qu’est-ce qui n’est pas couvert par cette garantie?
L’usure normale.
Les dommages occasionnés sciemment ou par négligence,
les dommages résultant du non-respect des instructions
d’utilisation, d’une installation inadéquate ou d’une
alimentation électrique inadéquate, les dommages causés
par des réactions chimiques ou électrochimiques, la rouille,
la corrosion ou un dégât des eaux, y compris, notamment,
les dommages causés par un excès de calcaire dans l’eau, les
dommages causés par des conditions environnementales
anormales.
Les consommables, y compris les ampoules et les piles.
Les éléments non fonctionnels et décoratifs qui n’aectent
pas l’usage normal de l’appareil, y compris les gries et les
éventuelles diérences de couleur.
Les dommages accidentels causés par des corps étrangers
ou des substances, et le nettoyage et le débouchage des
ltres, les systèmes de vidange ou les compartiments à
savon.
Les dommages occasionnés aux éléments suivants :
vitrocéramique, accessoires, paniers à vaisselle et à couverts,
tuyaux d’alimentation et de vidange, joints, ampoules et
diuseurs, écrans, boutons, revêtements et parties de
revêtements, sauf s’il est prouvé que ces dommages sont dus
à des vices de fabrication.
Les cas où aucun défaut n’est constaté par le technicien.
Les réparations qui ne sont pas eectuées par nos
réparateurs désignés et/ou un partenaire contractuel
autorisé ou lorsque des pièces qui ne sont pas d’origine ont
été utilisées.
Les réparations consécutives à une installation inadéquate
ou pas conforme aux spécications.
Lutilisation de l’appareil dans un environnement non
domestique, (p.ex. professionnel).
Les dommages occasionnés par ou durant le transport.
Si un client transporte personnellement le produit jusqu’à
son domicile ou une autre adresse, IKEA décline toute
responsabilité en cas de dommages pendant le transport.
Si IKEA livre le produit à l’adresse de livraison indiquée par
le client, tout éventuel dommage se produisant en cours de
livraison sera couvert par IKEA.
Les frais liés à l’installation initiale de l’appareil IKEA. Si un
prestataire de service IKEA ou un partenaire contractuel
autorisé répare ou remplace l’appareil conformément à la
présente garantie, le prestataire de services ou le partenaire
agréé autorisé réinstallera l’appareil réparé ou installera
l’appareil de remplacement, le cas échéant.
Ces restrictions ne s’appliquent pas aux interventions correctes
d’un spécialiste qualié utilisant nos pièces d’origine an d’adapter
l’appareil aux spécications techniques de sécurité d’un autre pays
européen.
Loi nationale applicable
La garantie IKEA vous donne des droits légaux spéciques, qui
couvrent ou dépassent toutes les exigences légales locales.
Cependant, ces conditions ne limitent en aucun cas les droits des
consommateurs décrits dans la législation locale.
Zone de validité
Pour les appareils achetés dans un pays européen et
transportés dans un autre pays européen, les interventions
seront eectuées dans le cadre des conditions de garantie
normales dans le nouveau pays.
Lobligation de réparation dans le cadre de la garantie n’est
eective que si l’appareil est conforme et installé conformément
aux :
- spécications techniques du pays dans lequel la demande
d’intervention sous garantie est introduite ;
-
instructions de montage et aux informations relatives aux
consignes de sécurité gurant dans le manuel d’utilisation.
Centre d’entretien et de réparation agréé exclusif pour
appareils IKEA
N’hésitez pas à contacter un centre
d’entretien et de réparation
agréé IKEA pour :
Faire une demande d’intervention sous garantie.
Demander des précisions au sujet de l’installation des
appareils IKEA dans les meubles de cuisine IKEA.
Demander des précisions au sujet des fonctions des
appareils IKEA.
GARANTIE IKEA (BELGIQUE)
FRANÇAIS 50
An de vous garantir la meilleure assistance possible, nous vous
prions de lire attentivement les instructions d’assemblage et le
mode d’emploi avant de nous contacter.
Comment nous joindre en cas de besoin
Consultez la dernière
page de ce manuel pour la
liste complète des centre
d’entretien et de réparation
agréés IKEA avec leur
numéro de téléphone
respectifs.
An de mieux vous servir, nous vous conseillons
d’utiliser les numéros de téléphone spéciques repris
dans le mode d’emploi. Sur base des numéros repris
dans le livret, mentionnez toujours les références de
l’appareil pour lequel vous demandez assistance. Ayez
toujours à disposition le numéro d’article IKEA (il s’agit
d’un numéro composé de 8 chires) ainsi que le code
service composé de 12 chires que vous trouverez sur
la plaque signalétique de votre appareil.
CONSERVEZ VOTRE PREUVE D’ACHAT !
La preuve de votre achat est nécessaire pour l’application de
la garantie. Le nom et le numéro d’article (code à 8 chires)
IKEA de chaque appareil acheté gurent également sur la
preuve d’achat.
Besoin d’une assistance supplémentaire ?
Pour toute autre questions en dehors du service après-vente
de vos appareils, contactez le call center de votre magasin
IKEA. Nous vous recommandons de lire attentivement toute la
documentation fournie avec l’appareil avant de nous contacter.
51
Informazioni sulla sicurezza
Indice
ITALIANO
Prima di utilizzare l’apparecchio, leggere le
seguenti norme di sicurezza. Conservarle
per eventuali consultazioni successive.
Queste istruzioni e l’apparecchio sono
corredati da importanti avvertenze di
sicurezza, da leggere e osservare sempre. Il
fabbricante declina qualsiasi responsabilità
che derivi dalla mancata osservanza
delle presenti istruzioni di sicurezza, da
usi impropri dell’apparecchio o da errate
impostazioni dei comandi.
Tenere l’apparecchio fuori dalla portata
dei bambini di età inferiore a 3 anni. Tenere
i bambini di età inferiore agli 8 anni a debita
distanza dall’apparecchio, a meno che non
siano costantemente sorvegliati. I bambini
di età superiore agli 8 anni, le persone con
ridotte capacità siche, sensoriali o mentali
e le persone che non abbiano esperienza
o conoscenza dell’apparecchio potranno
utilizzarlo solo sotto sorveglianza, o quando
siano state istruite sull’utilizzo sicuro
dell’apparecchio e siano consapevoli dei
rischi del suo utilizzo. Vietare ai bambini di
giocare con l’apparecchio. I bambini non
devono eseguire operazioni di pulizia e
manutenzione dell’apparecchio senza la
sorveglianza di un adulto.
USO CONSENTITO
ATTENZIONE: l’apparecchio non è
destinato ad essere messo in funzione
mediante un interruttore esterno, come
temporizzatori o sistemi di comando a
distanza separati.
Lapparecchio è destinato all’uso
domestico e ad applicazioni analoghe, quali:
aree di cucina per il personale di negozi,
uci e altri contesti lavorativi; agriturismi;
camere di hotel, motel, bed & breakfast e
altri ambienti residenziali.
Questo apparecchio non è destinato ad
applicazioni professionali. Non utilizzare
l’apparecchio all’aperto.
Il numero massimo di coperti è indicato
nella scheda del prodotto.
La porta non deve essere lasciata aperta,
perché in questa posizione può creare un
pericolo di inciampo. La porta aperta può
sostenere solo il carico del cestello estratto,
stoviglie comprese. Non utilizzare la porta
come base di appoggio e non sedersi né
salire sulla stessa.
AVVERTENZA: I detersivi per lavastoviglie
sono fortemente alcalini. In caso di
ingestione possono essere estremamente
pericolosi. Evitare il contatto con la pelle
e gli occhi e tenere i bambini lontani dalla
lavastoviglie quando la porta è aperta. Al
termine del ciclo di lavaggio, controllare che
la vaschetta del detersivo sia vuota.
AVVERTENZA: Coltelli e altri utensili
appuntiti devono essere caricati nel cestello
con la punta verso il basso, o devono essere
disposti in posizione orizzontale per evitare
il rischio di tagli.
Non conservare sostanze esplosive
oppure inammabili (ad es. taniche di
benzina o bombolette spray) all’interno
o in prossimità dell’apparecchio, per
evitare il pericolo di incendi. Lapparecchio
deve essere usato solo per il lavaggio di
stoviglie in ambienti domestici secondo
le istruzioni del presente manuale.
Lacqua nella lavastoviglie non è potabile.
Usare solo detersivi e additivi indicati
per lavastoviglie automatiche. Quando
si aggiunge l’addolcitore (sale), eseguire
subito un ciclo di lavaggio ad apparecchio
vuoto per evitare rischi di corrosione alle
parti interne. Conservare il detersivo, il
Informazioni sulla sicurezza 51
Descrizione del prodotto 54
Pannello comandi 54
Primo utilizzo 54
Caricamento dei cestelli 56
Utilizzo quotidiano 57
Functions 58
Pulizia e manutenzione 60
Cosa fare se... 61
Servizio Assistenza Tecnica 62
Dati tecnici 63
Consigli per la salvaguardia dell’ambiente 63
Installazione 64
GARANZIA IKEA 65
IT
ITALIANO 52
brillantante e il sale rigenerante fuori dalla
portata dei bambini. Prima di eseguire gli
interventi di assistenza e manutenzione,
chiudere il rubinetto dell’acqua e staccare
l’apparecchio dalla rete elettrica. In caso
di malfunzionamento, l’apparecchio deve
essere scollegato dalla rete elettrica e dalla
rete idraulica.
INSTALLAZIONE
Per evitare il rischio di lesioni personali,
l’apparecchio deve essere movimentato
e installato da due o più persone. Per le
operazioni di disimballaggio e installazione
utilizzare i guanti protettivi per non
procurarsi tagli.
Le operazioni di installazione, compresi
gli eventuali allacci alla rete idrica e i
collegamenti elettrici, e gli interventi di
riparazione devono essere eseguiti da
personale qualicato. Non riparare o
sostituire qualsiasi parte dell’apparecchio se
non espressamente richiesto nel manuale
d’uso. Tenere i bambini a distanza dal luogo
dell’installazione. Dopo aver disimballato
l’apparecchio, assicurarsi che non sia stato
danneggiato durante il trasporto. In caso
di problemi, contattare il rivenditore o il
Servizio Assistenza Tecnica. A installazione
completata, conservare il materiale di
imballaggio (parti in plastica, polistirolo,
ecc.) fuori della portata dei bambini per
evitare potenziali rischi di soocamento.
Prima di procedere all’installazione,
scollegare l’apparecchio dalla rete elettrica
per non correre il rischio di scosse
elettriche. Per evitare il rischio di incendio
o di folgorazione, durante l’installazione
assicurarsi che l’apparecchio non danneggi il
cavo di alimentazione. Attivare l’apparecchio
solo dopo avere completato la procedura di
installazione.
Per collegare la lavastoviglie alla rete
dell’acqua, usare solo tubi nuovi. I tubi
vecchi non devono essere riutilizzati.
Tutti i tubi devono essere collegati
saldamente per evitare che si scolleghino
durante il funzionamento.
È necessario adempiere alle normative
dell’ente erogatore dell’acqua potabile
locale. Pressione di alimentazione
dell’acqua: 0,05 - 1,0 MPa.
Lapparecchio deve essere installato contro
una parete o all’interno di un mobile per
limitare l’accesso al suo lato posteriore.
Per le lavastoviglie dotate di aperture di
ventilazione nella base, si raccomanda di
non ostruire le aperture con un tappeto.
Se la lavastoviglie viene installata come
modulo terminale lasciando accessibile
il pannello laterale, la zona delle cerniere
deve essere rivestita per evitare il rischio di
lesioni.
La temperatura dell’acqua di carico dipende
dal modello di lavastoviglie. Se il tubo di
carico installato presenta la marcatura
“25°C max”, la temperatura dell’acqua
massima consentita è di 25°C. Per tutti
gli altri modelli, la temperatura dell’acqua
massima consentita è di 60°C. Non tagliare
i tubi e in presenza di un apparecchio
dotato del sistema di arresto dell’acqua non
immergere in acqua la scatola di plastica
del tubo di allacciamento. Se i essibili non
sono sucientemente lunghi, rivolgersi
a un rivenditore specializzato locale.
Assicurarsi che i tubi di alimentazione e
scarico acqua non presentino pieghe o
strozzature. Prima di mettere in funzione
l’apparecchio la prima volta, vericare la
tenuta dei tubi di mandata e di scarico.
Controllare che i quattro piedini siano
bene in appoggio e stabili sul pavimento,
se necessario regolarli, e controllare che
la lavastoviglie sia perfettamente in piano
usando una livella a bolla d’aria.
Per evitare il rischio di lesioni personali,
si raccomanda di utilizzare l’apparecchio
solo dopo avere montato correttamente i
pannelli illustrati nella gura 19 del manuale
di installazione.
ITALIANO 53
AVVERTENZE ELETTRICHE
La targhetta matricola si trova sulla porta
della lavastoviglie (visibile a porta aperta).
Deve essere possibile scollegare
l’apparecchio dalla rete elettrica
disinserendo la spina, se questa è
accessibile, o tramite un interruttore
multipolare installato a monte della presa
nel rispetto dei regolamenti elettrici vigenti;
inoltre, l’apparecchio deve essere messo a
terra in conformità alle norme di sicurezza
elettrica nazionali.
Non utilizzare cavi di prolunga, prese
multiple o adattatori. Una volta terminata
l’installazione, i componenti elettrici non
devono più essere accessibili. Non utilizzare
l’apparecchio quando si è bagnati oppure
a piedi nudi. Non accendere l’apparecchio
se il cavo di alimentazione o la spina sono
danneggiati, se si osservano anomalie di
funzionamento o se l’apparecchio è caduto
o è stato danneggiato.
Se il cavo di alimentazione è
danneggiato, deve essere sostituito con
uno identico dal produttore, da un centro
di assistenza autorizzato o da un tecnico
qualicato per evitare situazioni di pericolo.
Se la spina fornita in dotazione non è adatta
alla propria presa, contattare un tecnico
qualicato.
Evitare di tirare il cavo di alimentazione.
Non immergere il cavo di alimentazione
o la spina nell’acqua. Tenere il cavo di
alimentazione lontano dalle superci calde.
PULIZIA E MANUTENZIONE
AVVERTENZA: Per evitare il rischio
di folgorazione, prima di qualsiasi
intervento di manutenzione accertarsi
che l’apparecchio sia spento e scollegato
dall’alimentazione. Non usare pulitrici a
getto di vapore
Non riparare o sostituire qualsiasi parte
dell’apparecchio se non espressamente
richiesto nel manuale d’uso. Rivolgersi solo
ai Servizi Assistenza Tecnica autorizzati. Una
riparazione non professionale può causare
incidenti pericolosi, che possono mettere a
rischio la salute o la vita delle persone e/o
provocare considerevoli danni materiali.
ITALIANO 54
Descrizione del prodotto
1 Cestello superiore
2 Cestello portaposate
3 Regolatore altezza cestello superiore
4 Aspersore superiore
5 Cestello inferiore
6 Cestello portaposate
7 Aspersore inferiore
8 Gruppo ltro
9 Distributore del sale
10 Distributori per detersivo e brillantante
11 Pannello comandi
Pannello comandi
Primo utilizzo
Suggerimento per il primo utilizzo
Dopo aver completato l’installazione, togliere i fermi dai cestelli
e gli elementi elastici di ritegno dal cestello superiore
Riempimento del serbatoio del sale
L’uso di sale previene la formazione di CALCARE sulla supercie
dei piatti e sui componenti della macchina.
È indispensabile che IL SERBATOIO DEL SALE NON SIA MAI
VUOTO.
È essenziale quindi che il livello di durezza dell’acqua sia stato
impostato.
Il serbatoio del sale è situato nella parte inferiore della
lavastoviglie (vedere DESCRIZIONE DEI PRODOTTO) e deve
essere rifornito ogni volta che l’indicatore di RIEMPIMENTO SALE
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
sul pannello comandi si accende.
1. Togliere il cestello inferiore e svitare
il tappo del serbatoio (ruotare in
senso antiorario).
2. Solo la prima volta: riempire
d’acqua il serbatoio del sale.
3. Sistemare opportunamente
l’imbuto (vedere gura) e riempire il
serbatoio del sale no all’orlo (circa
1 kg); Non è inconsueto che l’acqua
trabocchi leggermente.
4. Togliere l’imbuto ed eliminare
qualsiasi residuo di sale dall’area
circostante l’apertura.
1 Tasto Accensione-Spegnimento/Ripristino e relativa spia
2 Tasto di selezione programmi
3 Spia di riempimento sale
4 Spia di riempimento brillantante
5 programma e indicatore di durata del ritardo
6 Spia pastiglie
7 Display
8 Spia Lavaggio essibile
9 Tasto Lavaggio essibile
10 Tasto Avvio ritardato
11 Tasto Rapido e relativa spia
12 Tasto Extra Dry e relativa spia
13 Tasto AVVIO/Pausa con spia / Pastiglie
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13
7
2
65°
1
50°
56
10 PROGRAMS
3
50°
4
45°
7
50°
8
65°
10
50°-60° 50°
9
65°
h
3sec
4
2
7
8
10
1
3
5
6
9
11
0000 000 00000
Service:
ITALIANO 55
Accertarsi che il tappo sia adeguatamente serrato per evitare
l’ingresso di detersivo all’interno della vaschetta durante il
programma di lavaggio (ciò potrebbe causare il danneggiamento del
dispositivo addolcente senza possibilità di riparazione).
Non appena completata tale procedura, avviare uno dei
programmi senza carico. Il programma Prelavaggio di per sé
NON È SUFFICIENTE. Le fuoriuscite di soluzione salina o di grani di
sale possono causare corrosione e danneggiare irreparabilmente
i componenti in acciaio inox.
Eventuali danni risultanti non saranno coperti da garanzia.
Utilizzare soltanto sale di tipo specico per lavastoviglie. La
mancanza di sale nel serbatoio potrebbe danneggiare l’addolcitore
d’acqua e la resistenza per eetto dell’accumulo di calcare. Luso del
sale è consigliato con qualsiasi tipo di detersivo per lavastoviglie.
Ogni volta che occorre aggiungere sale, la procedura deve essere
necessariamente eseguita prima dell’inizio del ciclo di lavaggio
per evitare rischi di corrosione.
Impostazione della durezza dell’acqua
Per consentire che il dispositivo addolcente dell’acqua agisca
al meglio, è essenziale che l’impostazione del livello di durezza
dell’acqua tenga conto della sua durezza eettiva nell’utenza
domestica. È possibile ottenere il valore di durezza dell’acqua
nell’utenza domestica rivolgendosi al proprio fornitore. Il valore
predenito per la durezza dell’acqua viene impostato in fabbrica.
Azionare l’apparecchio premendo il tasto ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO.
Disattivare l’apparecchio premendo il tasto ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO.
Premere il tasto
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





per 5 secondi nché non si sente un segnale
acustico.
Azionare l’apparecchio premendo il tasto ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO.
Il numero del livello attualmente selezionato e la spia del sale
lampeggiano.
Premere il tasto
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





per selezionare il livello di durezza dell’acqua
desiderato (vedere la TABELLA DI DUREZZA DELLACQUA).
Disattivare l’apparecchio premendo il tasto ACCENSIONE/
SPEGNIMENTO. La procedura di impostazione è stata completata!
Tabella di durezza dell'acqua
Livello °dH
Gradi
tedeschi
°fH
Gradi
francesi
°Clark
Gradi inglesi
1 Dolce 0 - 6 0 - 10 0 - 7
2
Moderatamente
dolce
7 - 11 11 - 20 8 - 14
3
Preimpostato
12 - 16 21 - 29 15 - 20
4 Dura 17 - 34 30 - 60 21 - 42
5 Molto dura 35 – 50 61 - 90 43 - 62
Riempimento del distributore di brillantante
L’utilizzo di brillantante facilita il processo di ASCIUGATURA
delle stoviglie. Il distributore di brillantante A deve essere
riempito ogni volta che si accende la spia di RIEMPIMENTO
BRILLANTANTE
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
sul pannello comandi.
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





1. Aprire il distributore B premendo e sollevando la linguetta
sul coperchio.
2. Versare delicatamente il brillantante no al segno che indica
il livello di riferimento massimo (110 ml), ma evitandone
la fuoriuscita. Nel caso in cui ciò si verichi, asciugare
immediatamente il liquido fuoriuscito mediante un panno asciutto.
3. Abbassare il coperchio no ad avvertire lo scatto che ne
segnala la chiusura.
Non versare MAI il brillantante direttamente all’interno della
vaschetta.
Regolazione del dosaggio di brillantante
Se non si è completamente soddisfatti del processo di asciugatura,
è possibile regolare la quantità di brillantante da utilizzare.
Azionare la lavastoviglie agendo sul tasto ACCENSIONE/
SPEGNIMENTO.
Disattivare la lavastoviglie utilizzando lo stesso tasto
ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO .
Premere tre volte il tasto
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





: si avverte il segnale corrispondente.
Azionare la lavastoviglie mediante il tasto ACCENSIONE/
SPEGNIMENTO.
Il numero corrispondente alla selezione corrente e la spia del
brillantante lampeggiano entrambi.
Premere il tasto
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





per impostare il livello corrispondente alla
dose di brillantante richiesta.
Disattivare la lavastoviglie utilizzando lo stesso tasto
ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO .
La procedura di impostazione è stata completata!
Nel caso in cui il livello di brillantante sia impostato su ZERO,
il brillantante non viene erogato. In caso di esaurimento del
brillantante la spia BRILLANTANTE INSUFFICIENTE non è illuminata.
A seconda del modello di lavastoviglie è possibile impostare
al massimo 5 livelli di dosaggio. Le impostazioni di fabbrica
dipendono dal modello; seguire le istruzioni precedenti in base alle
caratteristiche del proprio apparecchio.
In presenza di strisce con sfumature blu sulla supercie dei piatti,
impostare un livello di dosaggio basso (1-2).
In presenza di gocce d’acqua o di calcare sulla supercie dei piatti
impostare invece dosaggi alti (3-4).
Riempimento del distributore di detersivo
L’uso di un detersivo non specico per lavastoviglie potrebbe
causare malfunzionamenti o danni all’apparecchio.
Per ottenere i migliori risultati nel lavaggio come nell’asciugatura
dei piatti, è necessario l’utilizzo combinato di detersivo, brillantante
e sale. Si raccomanda l’utilizzo di detersivi privi di fosfati o di cloro,
poiché tali sostanze sono dannose per l’ambiente. Un buon lavaggio
dipende anche dalla corretta dose di detersivo da utilizzare.
Una dose eccessiva non comporta un lavaggio più ecace ma
aumenta il livello di inquinamento presente nell’ambiente. È
possibile regolare la dosa corretta in base alla qualità di sporcizia
da eliminare. Per stoviglie mediamente sporche, utilizzare una
dose di circa 25g (detersivo in polvere) o 25ml (detersivo liquido) e
aggiungere un cucchiaino di detersivo direttamente nella vaschetta.
Se si utilizzano le pastiglie, una di esse corrisponde alla dose
suciente.
Se le stoviglie sono soltanto leggermente sporche oppure sono
state risciacquate prima di essere poste nella lavastoviglie, ridurre
in proporzione la dose di detersivo da utilizzare (dose minima:
20 g/ml), es. tralasciare l’aggiunta di detersivo in polvere/liquido
direttamente nella vaschetta.
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





D
C
Per aprire il distributore di
detersivo premere il tasto
C.
Versare il detersivo solo nel
distributore D asciutto.
Mettere la dose di
detersivo per il prelavaggio
direttamente all’interno del
distributore.
1. Per il dosaggio corretto del
detersivo fare riferimento
ai dati sopra riportati.
Il distributore
D
contiene indicatori di livello per facilitare il
dosaggio del detersivo.
2. Eliminare eventuali residui di detersivo dai bordi della vaschetta e
chiudere il coperchio no ad avvertire lo scatto caratteristico.
3. Chiudere il coperchio della vaschetta sollevandolo no a portare
il dispositivo di chiusura in sede.
Il distributore del detersivo si apre automaticamente quando
previsto dal programma in uso. Se si utilizzano detersivi del tipo All
in one, si consiglia di servirsi del tasto PASTIGLIA per impostare
il programma in modo da ottenere sempre i migliori risultati nel
lavaggio e nell’asciugatura.program so that the best washing and
drying results are always achieved.
BA
ITALIANO 56
Consigli
Prima di caricare i cestelli, eliminare tutti i residui di cibo dalle
stoviglie e vuotare i bicchieri. Non occorre il risciacquo sotto
acqua corrente prima del caricamento.
Sistemare le stoviglie in modo che rimangano in sede e non
si possano ribaltare; inoltre, sistemare le vaschette con le
aperture rivolte verso il basso e le parti concave/complesse
disposte obliquamente, per consentire all’acqua di lavaggio di
raggiungere ogni supercie e scorrervi liberamente.
Avvertenza: coperchi, maniglie, vassoi e padelle non devono
ostacolare la rotazione degli aspersori.
Riporre tutti gli oggetti di piccole dimensioni nel cestello
portaposate. Quando molto sporche, riporre piatti e pentole
nel cestello inferiore poiché nel relativo settore gli aspersori
svolgono un’azione più intensa e consentono migliori
prestazioni nel lavaggio.
Una volta completata la procedura di carico, accertarsi che gli
aspersori possano ruotare liberamente.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Cestello portaposate
Il terzo cestello è stato progettato per
alloggiare le posate.
Disporre le posate come illustrato
nella gura.
La possibilità di sistemare le posate
a parte ne rende più semplice la
raccolta dopo il lavaggio e migliora le
prestazioni sia nella fase di lavaggio
che in quella di asciugatura.
Coltelli e altri utensili con bordi
alati devono essere sistemati con
le lame rivolte verso il basso.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Cestello superiore
Riporvi i piatti poco resistenti e le
stoviglie delicate: vetri, tazze, piattini,
insalatiere dai bordi bassi.
Il cestello superiore è munito di
sponde ribaltabili da utilizzare
in posizione verticale per la
sistemazione di piattini per tea/
dessert oppure in posizione
abbassata per consentire il carico di
scodelle e recipienti per alimenti.
(esempio di carico del cestello
superiore)
Regolazione in altezza del cestello
superiore
È possibile regolare del cestello
superiore nel senso dell’altezza:
la posizione rialzata consente di
sfruttare al massimo il cestello
inferiore per riporvi le stoviglie di
dimensioni ingombranti, mentre
la posizione ribassata consente
di utilizzare le sponde ribaltabili
creando lo spazio che esse
richiedono e di evitare urti con gli
oggetti caricati nel cestello inferiore.
Il cestello superiore è munito di un regolatore in altezza
(vedere gura); senza premere sulle leve, sollevare il cestello
aerrandolo per i lati no a quando non è stabile nella posizione
rialzata.
Per ripristinare la posizione ribassata, agire sulle leve A poste ai
lati del cestello e abbassare il cestello.
Si raccomanda vivamente di non procedere alla regolazione
in altezza di cestelli già caricati. Non rialzare o ribassare MAI
il cestello agendo su un lato soltanto.
Sponde ribaltabili con posizione
regolabile
Per ottimizzare sempre la disposizione
delle stoviglie all’interno del cestello, è
possibile chiudere o aprire le sponde
ribaltabili.
Si possono disporre i bicchieri da
vino nelle sponde ribaltabili in modo
assolutamente sicuro, inserendone lo
stelo negli appositi spazi.
In base al modello:
per estendere le sponde occorre farle
scorrere verso l’alto e ruotarle oppure
sganciarle dai fermi e abbassarle.
per ripiegare le sponde occorre
ruotarle e farle scorrere verso il basso
oppure sollevarle e agganciarle ai
fermi.
EN
10
LOADING THE RACKS
TIPS
Before loading the baskets, remove all food residues from the
crockery and empty the glasses. You do not need to rinse before-
hand under running water.
Arrange the crockery so that it is held in place rmly and does
not tip over; and arrange the containers with the openings facing
downwards and the concave/convex parts placed obliquely, thus
allowing the water to reach every surface and ow freely.
Warning: lids, handles, trays and frying pans do not prevent the
sprayer arms from rotating.
Place any small items in the cutlery basket. Very soiled dishes
and pans should be placed in the lower basket because in this
sector the water sprays are stronger and allow a higher washing
performance.
After loading the appliance, make sure that the sprayer arms can
cotate freely.
CUTLERY RACK
The third rack was designed to house
the cutlery.
Arrange the cutlery as shown in the
gure.
A separate arrangement of the cutlery
makes collection easier after washing
and
improves washing and drying per-
formance.
Knives and other utensils with sharp
edges must be positioned with the
blades facing downwards.
UPPER RACK
Load delicate and light dishes: glasses,
cups, saucers, low salad bowls.
The upper rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging tea/ dessert saucers
or in a lower position to load bowls and
food containers.
(loading example for the upper rack)
ADJUSTING THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPER RACK
The height of the upper basket can be adju-
sted: high position to place bulky crockery
in the lower basket and low position to make
the most of the tip-up compartments by cre-
ating more space upwards.
The upper rack is equipped with a Upper
Rack height adjuster (see gure), without
pressing the levers, lift it up by simply holding
the rack sides, as soon as the rack is stable
in its upper position. To restore to the lower
position, press the levers (A) at the sides of
the rack and move the basket downwards.
We strongly recommend that you do not adjust the height of
the rack when it is loaded.
NEVER raise or lower the basket on one side only.
FOLDABLE FLAPS WITH ADJUSTABLE POSITION
The side foldable aps can be fold or unfold
to optimize the arrangement of crockery
inside the rack.
Wine glasses can be placed safely in the
foldable aps by inserting the stem of each
glass into the corresponding slots.
Depending on the model:
to unfold the aps there is needed to slide
it up and rotate or release it from the snaps
and pull it down.
to fold the aps there is needed to rotate
it and slide aps down or pull it up and
attach aps to the snaps.
LOWER RACK
For pots, lids, plates, salad bowls, cutlery etc....
Large plates and lids should ideally be
placed at the sides to avoid interferen-
ces with the spray arm.
The lower rack has tip-up supports
which can be used in a vertical position
when arranging plates or in a horizontal
position (lower) to load pans and salad
bowls easily.
(loading example for the lower rack)
UNSUITABLE CROCKERY
Wooden crockery and cutlery.
Delicate decorated glasses, artistic handicraft and antique crockery.
Their decorations are not resistant.
Parts in synthetic material which do not withstand high temperatures.
Copper and tin crockery.
Crockery soiled with ash, wax, lubricating grease or ink.
The colours of glass decorations and aluminium/silver pieces can
change and fade during the washing process. Some types of glass (e.g.
crystal objects) can become opaque after a number of wash cycles too.
DAMAGE TO GLASS AND CROCKERY
Only use glasses and porcelain guaranteed by the manufacturer
as dishwasher safe.
Use a delicate detergent suitable for crockery
Collect glasses and cutlery from the dishwasher as soon as the
wash cycle is over.
HYGIENE
To avoid odour and sediment which can be accumulated in the
dishwasher please run a high temperature program at least once
a month. Use a tea spoon of detergent and run it without the loading
to clean your appliance.
TIPS ON ENERGY SAVING
When the household dishwasher is used according to the manu-
facturers instructions, washing tableware in a dishwasher usu-
ally consumes less energy and water than hand dishwashing.
In order to maximize dishwasher efciency it is recommended to
initiate the wash cycle once dishwasher is fully loaded. Loading
the household dishwasher up to the capacity indicated by the man-
ufacturer will contribute to energy and water savings. Information
on correct loading of tableware can be found in Loading chapter.
In case of partial loading it is recommended to use dedicated wash
options if available (Half load/ Zone Wash, Multizone), illing up only
selected racks. Incorrect loading or overloading the dishwasher may
increase resources usage (such as water, energy and time, as well
as increase noise level), reducing cleaning and drying performance.
Manual pre-rinsing of tableware items leads to increased water
and energy consumption and is not recommended.
Cestello inferiore
Per pentole, coperchi, piatti, insalatiere,
stoviglie, ecc. In teoria conviene disporre
piatti e coperchi di grandi dimensioni
ai lati, per evitare interferenze con
l’elemento aspersore.
Il cestello inferiore è munito di sponde
ribaltabili da utilizzare in posizione
verticale per la migliore sistemazione
dei piatti oppure in posizione orizzontale
(abbassata) per consentire il facile carico
di scodelle e recipienti per alimenti.
(esempio di carico nel cestello inferiore)
Stoviglie di tipo non adatto
Stoviglie e posate in legno.
Bicchieri decorati, stoviglie artigianali e piatti antichi. le
decorazioni non sono sucientemente resistenti.
Componenti in materiali sintetici che non resistono alle
temperature elevate.
Stoviglie in rame e stagno.
Stoviglie sporche di cenere, cera, grasso lubricante o
inchiostro.
Durante la fase di lavaggio i colori delle decorazioni di bicchieri
e pezzi in alluminio/argento possono sbiadire. Alcuni tipi di
bicchieri (es. i bicchieri in cristallo) possono divenire opachi
anche soltanto dopo un certo numero di lavaggi.
Danneggiamento di bicchieri e stoviglie
Utilizzare soltanto bicchieri e porcellane garantite dal
produttore per il lavaggio in lavastoviglie.
Utilizzare un detersivo delicato e adatto al tipo di stoviglie in
questione
Togliere i bicchieri e gli altri elementi dalla lavastoviglie non
appena sia terminato il ciclo di lavaggio.
Igienizzante
Per evitare la formazione di cattivi odori e sedimenti all’interno
della lavastoviglie, si raccomanda di avviare un programma
ad alta temperatura almeno una volta al mese. Per eseguire la
pulizia dell’apparecchio utilizzare un cucchiaino di detersivo e
avviare il ciclo in assenza di carico.
Caricamento dei cestelli
ITALIANO 57
1. Verica del collegamento alla rete idrica
Vericare che la lavastoviglie sia collegata alla rete idrica e
che il rubinetto dell’acqua sia aperto.
2. Accensione della lavastoviglie
Aprire la porta e premere il tasto ACCENSIONE/
SPEGNIMENTO.
3. Caricare i cestelli (vedere CARICAMENTO DEI CESTELLI)
4. Riempimento del distributore di detersivo
(vedere RIEMPIMENTO DEL DISTRIBUTORE DI DETERSIVO).
5. Selezionare il programma e adattare il ciclo secondo
necessità
Selezionare il programma più adatto in base al tipo di
stoviglie e al grado di sporco (vedere la DESCRIZIONE DEI
PROGRAMMI) premendo il tasto
ENGLISH
7
Control panel
Product description
 
 󳘐󵰅󵄃󵰆󱀇󵰂󶀔
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
7
11
9
8
First use
ADVICE REGARDING THE FIRST TIME USE


FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR




         
 (see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION)   
 SALT REFILL indicator light 

 


 

 




 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3sec
h
.
Selezionare le opzioni richieste (vedere FUNZIONI).
6. Avvio
Avviare il ciclo di lavaggio premendo il tasto AVVIO/Pausa
(il LED si accenderà) e chiudere la porta entro 4 secondi.
All’avvio del programma viene emesso un segnale acustico.
Se la porta non viene chiusa entro 4 secondi viene emesso un
suono di allarme. In questo caso, aprire la porta, premere il
tasto AVVIO/Pausa e richiudere la porta entro 4 secondi.
7. Fine del ciclo di lavaggio
Per segnalare la ne del ciclo di lavaggio vengono emessi
alcuni segnali acustici e sul display lampeggia il numero del
ciclo di lavaggio. Aprire la porta e spegnere l’apparecchio
premendo il tasto ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO.
Per evitare bruciature, prima di togliere le stoviglie attendere
pochi minuti. Scaricare i cestelli, iniziando da quello inferiore.
La macchina si disattiva automaticamente nel corso di
determinati periodi di inattività prolungata, al ne di
ridurre al minimo il consumo di elettricità. Se le stoviglie
sono soltanto leggermente sporche oppure sono state
risciacquate prima di essere poste nella lavastoviglie,
ridurre in proporzione la dose di detersivo da utilizzare.
Modica di un programma in corso
Nel caso in cui sia stato selezionato il programma sbagliato, è
possibile apportarvi le modiche necessarie a condizione che
esso sia appena iniziato: aprire lo sportello e premere a lungo il
tasto ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO; l’apparecchio si spegnerà.
Azionare nuovamente la macchina agendo sul tasto
ACCENSIONE/SPEGNIMENTO e selezionare il nuovo ciclo
di lavaggio con qualsiasi opzione richiesta; avviare il ciclo
chiudendo lo sportello e premendo il tasto AVVIO/Pausa entro 4
secondi.
Aggiunta di altre stoviglie
Senza spegnere l’apparecchio, aprire la porta (il LED AVVIO/
Pausa inizia a lampeggiare) (fare attenzione al vapore MOLTO
CALDO!) e introdurre le stoviglie. Premere il tasto AVVIO/Pausa
e chiudere lo sportello entro 4 secondi; il ciclo riprenderà dal
punto in cui era stato interrotto.
Interruzioni involontarie del ciclo
In caso di apertura della porta durante il ciclo di lavaggio,
o in caso di mancanza dell’alimentazione elettrica, il ciclo
si interrompe. Premere il tasto AVVIO/Pausa e chiudere lo
sportello entro 4 secondi; il ciclo riprenderà dal punto in cui era
stato interrotto.
Utilizzo quotidiano
Consigli per il risparmio energetico
Se la lavastoviglie viene usata secondo le istruzioni del
produttore, il lavaggio delle stoviglie a macchina
comporta normalmente un minore consumo di energia e
acqua rispetto al lavaggio a mano.
Per ottimizzare l’ecienza della lavastoviglie si raccomanda
di avviare il ciclo di lavaggio con l’apparecchio a pieno
carico. Caricando la lavastoviglie no alla capacità indicata
dal produttore si contribuirà a ridurre i consumi d’acqua e
di energia. Per informazioni sul caricamento corretto delle
stoviglie, leggere la sezione sul caricamento dei cestelli.
In caso di carico parziale, si raccomanda di usare le apposite
opzioni di lavaggio (Lavaggio essibile), caricando solo i
cestelli selezionati. Un caricamento non corretto o eccessivo
della lavastoviglie può aumentare il consumo di risorse
(acqua, energia e tempo, oltre a generare una maggiore
rumorosità) e ridurre le prestazioni di lavaggio e asciugatura.
Il pre-risciacquo delle stoviglie comporta un maggiore
consumo di acqua ed energia e non è consigliato.
ITALIANO 58
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
LAVAGGIO FLESSIBILE
Nel caso in cui i piatti da lavare siano pochi, per
limitare il consumo di acqua, elettricità e detersivo si
può utilizzare il programma Mezzo carico.
Selezionare il programma richiesto e quindi premere
il tasto LAVAGGIO FLESSIBILE: sul display compare il
simbolo del cestello prescelto.
Come sua impostazione predenita, l’apparecchio
esegue il lavaggio in tutti i cestelli.
Per il lavaggio esclusivamente di un cestello in
particolare, premere ripetutamente il tasto in
questione:
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
indicazione sul display (solo cestello inferiore)
indicazione sul display (solo cestello superiore)
indicazione sul display (solo cestello portaposate)
indicazione sul display (l’opzione è impostata su
Spegnimento e l’apparecchio esegue il lavaggio per
tutti i cestelli).
Ricordarsi di riempire soltanto i cestelli superiore e inferiore e
di ridurre conseguentemente la dose di detersivo. Se il cestello
superiore viene rimosso, introdurre il detersivo direttamente
nell’apparecchio anziché nell’apposita vaschetta.
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
AVVIO RITARDATO
È possibile ritardare l’avvio del programma per un
tempo compreso tra 1 e 12 ore.
1. Premere il tasto AVVIO RITARDATO: sul display
appare il simbolo h corrispondente; a ogni
pressione del tasto aumenta l’intervallo di tempo (1
h, 2 h, ecc. no a un massimo di 12 h) tra il momento
in cui i seleziona il programma e l’avvio del ciclo di
lavaggio selezionato.
2. Selezionare il programma di lavaggio, premere
il tasto AVVIO/PAUSA e chiudere la porta entro 4
secondi: Il timer inizia il conto alla rovescia.
3. Una volta trascorso il tempo impostato, l’indicatore
h si spegne e inizia il ciclo di lavaggio. Per regolare
il tempo di avvio ritardato e selezionare un intervallo
di tempo inferiore a quello impostato, premere il
tasto AVVIO RITARDATO. Per annullare l’impostazione,
premere ripetutamente il tasto no allo spegnimento
dell’indicatore h.
Una volta avviato il ciclo di lavaggio, non è più
possibile impostare la funzione di avvio ritardato
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
RAPIDO
Lopzione consente di ridurre la durata dei principali
programmi ma di mantenere la stessa qualità nelle
prestazioni di lavaggio e asciugatura. Dopo aver
selezionato il programma, premere il tasto RAPIDO:
la spia corrispondente si illumina. Per deselezionare
l’opzione in questione premere nuovamente lo stesso
tasto.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
EXTRA DRY
Per migliorare l’asciugatura dei piatti, dopo aver
selezionato il programma richiesto premere il tasto
EXTRA DRY: la corrispondente spia si illumina. Una
temperatura superiore durante il risciacquo nale e
la maggiore durata del programma consentono una
migliore asciugatura. Per deselezionare l’opzione
in questione premere nuovamente lo stesso tasto.
Lopzione EXTRA DRY comporta una maggior durata
del ciclo di lavaggio.
 
Check that the dishwasher is connected to the water supply
and that the tap is open.
 
Open the door and press the ON/OFF button.


(see LOADING THE RACKS)

(see PROGRAMS TABLE).




Select the most appropriate program in accordance with the
type of crockery and its soiling level (see PROGRAMS
DESCRIPTION) by pressing the button.
Select the desired options (see OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS).

Start the wash cycle by pressing START/Pause button (led
is lit) and closing the door within 4 sec. When the program
starts you hear a single beep. If the door was not closed within
4sec., the alarm sound will be played. In this case, open the
door, press START/Pause button and close the door again
within 4 sec.

The end of the wash cycle is indicated by beeps and by the
ashing of the wash cycle number on the display. Open the
door and switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF
button.
Wait for a few minutes before removing the crockery - to avoid
burns. Unload the racks, beginning with the lower one.






If a wrong program was selected, it is possible to change it, pro-
vided that it has only just begun: open the door, press and hold
the  button, the machine will switch off.
Switch the machine back on using the  button and select
the new wash cycle and any desired options; Start the wash cycle
by pressing  button and closing the door within 4 sec.

Without switching off the machine, open the door (
led starts blinking) () and place the
crockery inside the dishwasher. Press the  button
and close the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the
point at which it was interrupted.

If the door is opened during the wash cycle, or if there is a power
cut, the cycle stops. Press the  button and close
the door within 4 sec., the cycle will resume from the point at
which it was interrupted.
DAILY USE
Functions
 - Normally soiled crockery. Standard program, the most efficient in terms of its combined energy and water
consumption.
  - Mixed soil. For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues.
 - Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used
for delicate items).
  - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
  - Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning performance in shorter time.
  - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform
maintenance of the dishwasher.
  - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance
using hot water.
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
see PROGRAMS TABLE󵘍 󵄔 󵠆 󶋁


If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half load
cycle may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent. Select the program and press the HALF LOAD
button: the indicator light will light up. Press the HALF
LOAD button to deselect this option.

To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.



This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).


1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
– enabled – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
Pastiglia
Questa impostazione permette di ottimizzare le
prestazioni del programma in base al tipo di detersivo
usato.
Premere il tasto AVVIO/PAUSA per 3 secondi (la
spia corrispondente si accenderà) se si utilizza un
detersivo combinato in pastiglie (brillantante, sale e
detersivo in un’unica dose).
Se si utilizza un detersivo in polvere o in forma
liquida, questa opzione deve essere disattivata.
EN
11
OPTIONS AND FUNCTIONS
OPTIONS can be selected directly by pressing the corresponding button (see CONTROL PANEL).
If an option is not compatible with the selected program see PROGRAMS TABLE, the corresponding LED ashes rapidly 3 times
and beeps will sound. The option will not be enabled.
TABLET (Tab)
This setting allows you to optimize the performance of
the program according to the type of detergent used.
Press the START/PAUSE button for 3 seconds (the
corresponding symbol will light up) if you use combined
detergents in tablet form (rinse aid, salt and detergent in
1 dose).
If you use powder or liquid detergent, this option
should be off.
NaturalDry
NaturalDry is a convection drying system which automatically
opens the door during/after drying phase to ensure exceptional
drying performance every day. Door opens at the temperature
that is safe to your kitchen furniture, thus door will not be opened
when the option of SHORT TIME is on.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You are currently in Light Control Menu (please refer to
OPERATION INDICATOR description), if you don’t want to
change anything please press and hold button (until one of
the two letters appears on the display)
3. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
FLEXI WASH
If there are not many dishes to be washed, a half loading
may be used in order to save water, electricity and
detergent.
Select the program and then press the FLEXI WASH button:
the symbol of the chosen rack will appear on the display.
By default the appliance washes dishes in all racks.
To wash only the specic rack, press this button repeatedly:
shown on the display (only lower rack)
shown on the display (only upper rack)
shown on the display (only cutlery rack)
shown on the display (option is OFF and the appliance will
wash dishes in all racks).
Remember to load the upper or lower rack only, and to
reduce the amount of detergent accordingly.
If upper rack is removed, please apply detergent
directly to tub instead of detergent dispenser.
SHORT TIME
This option can be used to reduce the duration of the main
programs while maintaining the same washing and drying
performance levels.
After selecting the program, press the SHORT TIME button
and the indicator light will switch on. To deselect the option,
press the same button again.
EXTRA DRY
To improve the drying of the dishes, after selecting the
program, press the EXTRA DRY button and the indicator
light comes on.
A higher temperature during the nal rinse and an extended
drying phase allow for improving drying. To deselect the
option, press the same button again. The EXTRA DRY
option results in the lengthening of the wash cycle.
OPERATION INDICATOR
A LED light projected on the oor indicates that the
dishwasher is working. One of the following operating
modes can be selected:
a) Disabled function.
b) When the cycle starts the light goes on for few seconds,
stays off during the cycle and ashes at the end of the
cycle.
c) The light stays on during the cycle and ashes at the
end of the cycle (default mode).
If the delayed start was set, the light goes on either for the
rst few seconds or the entire duration of the countdown,
based on whether mode b) or c) was set.
The light goes off every time the door is opened. To select
the mode you prefer, switch on the machine, hold down
button P until one of the three letters appears on the display,
press button P until you reach the desired letter (or mode),
hold down button P to conrm the selection.
Note: If NaturalDry is active and it opens the door, then
Operation Indicator will not ash at the end of cycle.
SPIA DI FUNZIONAMENTO
La luce di un LED proiettata sul pavimento segnala
che la lavastoviglie è in funzione. È possibile
selezionare una delle seguenti modalità di
funzionamento:
a) Funzione disattivata.
b) All’avvio del ciclo di lavaggio la spia si accende per
pochi secondi, rimane spenta per tutta la durata del
ciclo e lampeggia alla sua conclusione.
c) La spia rimane accesa durante il ciclo di lavaggio e
lampeggia alla sua conclusione (modalità predenita).
A seconda che sia stata impostata la modalità b)
oppure c), in caso di impostazione del programma
di avvio ritardato la spia si illumina rispettivamente
per pochi secondi e per l’intera durata del conto
alla rovescia. La spia si spegne a ogni apertura della
porta.
Per selezionare la modalità richiesta, azionare
la macchina e tenere premuto il tasto
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





no
a visualizzare tre lettere sul display: premere
ripetutamente il tasto
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





no a selezionare la lettera
(o la modalità) richiesta, quindi tenere premuto il
tasto
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





per confermare la selezione impostata.
Nota: Se la funzione NaturalDry è attiva e apre la porta,
la spia di funzionamento non lampeggerà alla ne del
ciclo.
NATURALDRY
Il sistema NaturalDry è una funzione di asciugatura a
convezione che apre automaticamente la porta durante/dopo
la fase di asciugatura per garantire stoviglie perfettamente
asciutte dopo ogni lavaggio. La porta viene aperta quando la
temperatura è tale da non poter danneggiare i mobili della
cucina. Come ulteriore protezione dal vapore, la lavastoviglie
viene fornita con una speciale lamina di protezione aggiuntiva.
Per istruzioni sul montaggio della lamina protettiva, vedere le
(ISTRUZIONI DI MONTAGGIO).
La funzione NaturalDry può essere disabilitata come segue:
1. Accedere al menu della spia di funzionamento come
nell’ultimo passaggio, premere a lungo
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





nché non
compare il menu.
2. Premere nuovamente
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





per 6 secondi per accedere al menu
NaturalDry.
3. Accedendo al menu di controllo NaturalDry è possibile
cambiare lo stato della funzione premendo il tasto
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





:
E – funzione abilitata d – funzione disabilitata
Per confermare la modica e uscire dal menu di controllo,
premere a lungo il tasto
ENGLISH
8


 


󵈐󶐉󱀇󵰂󶌉󱶡
 




 



  
  
  
  
  




󱀔󶔇󵘊󵌊󵔏󶏏




󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶐉󵄕󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁󵐊󶌉󶜂󶌉󵔓
󳤇󱀕󵠆󱀔󵄍󶏁󶈆󶌆󶈗󵼊󶇁󵤔󱀏󵼕󱀇󵤍󵰆󵏍󱀕󵠆󱀘󵄕󵔓󱀔󵼇󶐆󵸆󶇁󵄏󵏁󶐉󵓁









Rinse aid makes dish DRYING easier. The rinse aid dispenser
should be lled when the 
in the control panel is lit.
1. Open the dispenser by pressing and pulling up the tab on
the lid.
2. Carefully introduce the rinse aid as far as the maximum
(110 ml) reference notch of the lling space - avoid spilling it.
If this happens, clean the spill immediately with a dry cloth.
3. Press the lid down until you hear a click to close it.

A
B

If you are not completely satised with the drying results, you can
adjust the quantity of rinse aid used.
Switch the dishwasher on using the ON/OFF button.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Press button three times - a beep will be heard.
Switch it on using the ON/OFF button.
The current selection level number and rinse aid indicator light ash.
Press button to select the level of rinse aid quantity to be
supplied.
Switch it off using the ON/OFF button.
Setting is complete!
If the rinse aid level is set to ZERO (ECO), no rinse aid will be
supplied. The LOW RINSE AID indicator light will not be lit if you
run out of rinse aid. A maximum of 5 levels can be set according to
the dishwasher model. The factory setting is specic to the model,
please follow instruction above to check this for your machine.
If you see bluish streaks on the dishes, set a low number (1-2).
If there are drops of water or limescale marks on the dishes,
set a high number (3-4).

󳼏󵰚󱀖󶌆󱀅󵔕󵔓󵜆󵸕󱀘󵠊󵌉󱀉󵄔󱀃󵔆󵷁󶌑󵔄󵤇󵤄󵄍󵰚󱀅󵔔󵤈󵸆󵏁󵘐󶇁

To achieve the best washing and drying results, the combined
useof detergent, rinse aid liquid and rened salt is required.
We recommend using detergents that do not contain phosphates
or chlorine, as these products are harmful to the environment.
Good washing results also depend on the correct amount of
detergent being used.
Exceeding the stated amount does not result in a more effective
wash and increases environmental pollution.
The amount can be adjusted to the soil level. In the case of
normally soiled items, use approximately either 35g (powder
detergent) or 35ml (liquid detergent) and additional tea spoon of
detergent directly inside the tub. If tablets are used, one tablet
will be enough.
If the crockery is only lightly soiled or if it has been rinsed with
water before being placed in the dishwasher, reduce the amount
of detergent used accordingly (minimum 25 g/ml) e.g. skip the
powder/gel putted inside the tub.







1.
2.
When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.





(3 sec).
APERTURA PORTA
Eco 50° dopo 165 min
AUTO 50°- 60° 80-170 min*
Intensivo 65° ne ciclo
Lavaggio veloce 30’ 50° N/A
Lavaggio e asciugatura veloci 50° ne ciclo
Vetro 45° ne ciclo
Silenzioso 50° (programma notte) ne ciclo
Igienizzante 65° N/A
Prelavaggio N/A
Auto-pulizia 65° N/A
* a seconda delle impostazioni
Functions
ITALIANO 59
Programma
Fase di
asciugatura
Natural
Dry
Opzioni
disponibili *)
Durata del
programma
(h:min)**)
Consumo
d'acqua
(litri/ciclo)
Consumo
di energia
(kWh/ciclo)
1 Eco
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
3:40 8.7 0.59
2 Automatica
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50-60°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3 Intensivo
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Lavaggio rapido 30’
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50° - -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:30 9.0 0.50
5 Lavaggio rapido e
asciugatura
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:20 10.0 1.10
6 Vetro
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
45°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:40 12.0 1.00
7 Silenzioso
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
50°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
3:35 16.5 1.00
8 Antibatterico
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65°
9
ENGLISH
1. Press the DELAY button: the corresponding «h» symbol
appears on the display; each time you press the button,
the time (1h, 2h, etc. up to max. 12h) from the start of
the selected wash cycle will be increased.
2. Select the wash program, press the START/PAUSE
button and within 4 seconds close the door: the timer
will begin counting down.
3. Once this time has elapsed, the indicator light «h»
switches off and the wash cycle begins.
To adjust the delay time and select a shorter period of time,
press the DELAY button. To cancel it, press the button
repeatedly until the selected delayed start indicator light
«h» switches off.
The DELAY function cannot be set once a wash cycle
has been started.
NaturalDry
Door opening system NaturalDry is a convection drying system
which automatically opens the door during/after drying phase to
ensure exceptional drying performance every day. Door opens at
the temperature that is safe to your kitchen furniture.
As additional steam protection, special designed protection foil is
added together with the dishwasher. To see how to mount protec-
tion foil please refer to (INSTALLATION GUIDE).
NaturalDry functionality could be disabled by the user as follows:
1. Go to the Dishwasher software menu pressing and holding
button (6 sec).
2. You switched to NaturalDry Control Menu, you could change
status of NaturalDry functionality by pressing button:
E – enabled d – disabled
To conrm the change and exit from the Control Menu please
press and hold button (3 sec).
DELAY
The start time of the program may be delayed for a period
of time between 1 and 12 hours.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash pro-
gram
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
50° 2:45 12.0 0.92
1 Eco
2 Conventional
wash and dry 55° 2:00 15.0 1.35
3Intensive 65° - 2:30 15.0 1.50
4Fast 50° -- 0:55 11.5 1.10
5Sanitizing 65° - 1:40 11.5 1.30
6Pre-Wash
-
-- 0:10 4.5 0.01
7Self-Clean 65° --0:50 8.0 0.80
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following
address: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many
factors such as temperature and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of
load, load balancing, additional selected options and sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
-
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
1:40 12.0 1.30
9 Prelavaggio
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
- -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Autopulente
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
65° - -
EN
9
To open the detergent dispenser
press button C.
Introduce the detergent into
the dry dispenser D only.
Place the amount of detergent
for pre-washing directly inside
the tub.
1. When measuring out the detergent refer to the mentioned ear-
lier information to add the proper quantity. Inside the dispenser
C there are indications to help the detergent dosing.
2. Remove detergent residues from the edges of the dispenser
and close the cover until it clicks.
3. Close the lid of the detergent dispenser by pulling it up until
the closing device is secured in place.
The detergent dispenser automatically opens up at the right time
according to the program. If all-in-one detergents are used, we
recommend using the TABLET button, because it adjusts the
program so that the best washing and drying results are always
achieved.
C
D
PROGRAMS TABLE
ECO program data is measured under laboratory conditions according to European Standard EN 60436:2019.
Note for Test Laboratories: For information on comparative EN testing conditions, please send an email to the following address:
dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Pre-treatment of the dishes is not needed before any of the programs.
*) Not all options can be used simultaneously.
**) Values given for programes other than the eco program are indicative only. The actual time may vary depending on many factors such as temperature
and pressure of the incoming water, room temperature, amount of detergent, quantity and type of load, load balancing, additional selected options and
sensor calibration.
Standby consumption: Left-on mode consumption: 5 W - Off mode consumption: 0.5 W
PROGRAMS DESCRIPTION
1. ECO -
bined energy and water consumption, and that it is used to assess compliance with the EU Ecodesign legislation.
2. AUTO - For normally soiled dishes with dried food residues. Senses the level of soiling on the dishes and adjusts the program accor-
dingly. When the sensor is detecting the soil level an animation appears in the display and the cycle duration is updated.
3. INTENSIVE -
Program recommended for heavily soiled crockery, especially suitable for pans and saucepans (not to be used for delicate items).
4. FAST WASH 30’ - Program to be used for half load of lightly-soiled dishes with no dried food residues.
5. FAST WASH AND DRY
- Normally soiled crockery. Everyday cycle, that ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance in shorter time.
6. GLASS - Program for delicate items, which are more sensitive to high temperatures, for example glasses and cups.
7. SILENT -
Suitable for night-time operation of the appliance. Ensures optimal cleaning and drying performance with the lowest noise emission.
8. SANITIZING - Normally or heavily soiled crockery, with additional antibacterial wash. Can be used to perform maintenance of the
dishwasher.
9. PRE-WASH - Use to refresh crockery planned to be washed later. No detergent to be used with this program.
10. SELF-CLEAN - Program to be used to perform maintenance of the dishwasher. It cleans the interior of the appliance using hot water.
Notes:
Please note that cycle FAST WASH is dedicated for lightly soiled dishes.
Program
Drying
phase
Natural
Dry
Available
options *)
Duration of
wash
program
(h:min)**)
Water
consumption
(litres/cycle)
Energy
consumption
(kWh/cycle)
1Eco 3:40 8.7 0.66
2Auto 1:20 - 3:00 7.0 - 14.0 0.70 - 1.10
3Intensive 2:40 17.0 1.30
4 Fast wash 30’ -- 0:30 9.0 0.50
5 1:20 10.0 1.10
6Glass 1:40 12.0 1.00
7Silent 3:35 16.5 1.00
8Sanitizing - 1:40 12.0 1.30
9Pre-Wash -- 0:10 4.5 0.01
10 Self- Clean -- 0:50 9.5 0.70
0:50 9.5 0.70
La misurazione dei dati per il programma ECO avviene in
condizioni di laboratorio secondo quanto prescritto dalla norma
europea EN 60436:2019.
Nota per i laboratori di prova: per informazioni comparative
sulle condizioni delle prove EN, inviare una email al seguente
indirizzo: dw_test_support@whirlpool.com
Questi programmi non richiedono un pre-trattamento delle
stoviglie.
*) Non è possibile selezionare tutte le opzioni
contemporaneamente.
**) Ad eccezione del programma Eco, i valori riportati per gli
altri programmi sono puramente indicativi. La durata eettiva
può dipendere da molti fattori, quali la temperatura e la
pressione dell’acqua di alimentazione, la temperatura ambiente,
la dose di detersivo utilizzata, la quantità e il tipo di carico e
il suo bilanciamento, la selezione di determinate opzioni e la
taratura dei sensori.
1. ECO - Il programma Eco è indicato per le stoviglie
mediamente sporche; è il programma più eciente in
termini di consumo combinato di acqua ed energia e viene
usato per valutare la conformità dell’apparecchio alla
legislazione UE in materia di progettazione ecocompatibile.
2. AUTO - Per piatti con sporco normale e residui secchi di
cibo. Rileva il livello di sporco delle stoviglie e seleziona il
programma adeguato. Durante il rilevamento del livello di
sporco, sul display compare un’animazione e la durata del
ciclo viene aggiornata.
3. INTENSIVO - Programma indicato per stoviglie molto
sporche, consigliato specialmente per pentole e tegami. Da
non usare per stoviglie delicate.
4. LAVAGGIO VELOCE 30’ - Programma indicato per un carico
ridotto di stoviglie normalmente sporche. Permette di
ottenere un risultato di lavaggio ottimale in un tempo più
breve.
5. LAVAGGIO RAPIDO E ASCIUGATURA - Stoviglie
normalmente sporche. Ciclo quotidiano; permette di
ottenere risultati di lavaggio e asciugatura ottimali in un
tempo inferiore.
6. CRISTALLI - Programma per oggetti delicati che sono
sensibili alle alte temperature, come ad esempio bicchieri e
tazze.
7. SILENZIOSO - Adatto al funzionamento nelle ore notturne.
Permette di ottenere risultati di lavaggio e asciugatura
ottimali con una minima emissione sonora.
8. IGIENIZZANTE - Per stoviglie normalmente o molto
sporche, include un lavaggio addizionale antibatterico. Ciclo
utilizzabile per la manutenzione della lavastoviglie.
9. PRE-LAVAGGIO - Da utilizzare per sciacquare le stoviglie da
lavare successivamente. Questo programma non richiede
detersivo.
10. AUTO-PULIZIA - Programma da utilizzare per la
manutenzione della lavastoviglie; deve essere eseguito solo
con l’apparecchio VUOTO e usando un detersivo specico
per la manutenzione della lavastoviglie.
Note: Si noti che il ciclo FAST WASH è dedicato a piatti
leggermente sporchi
Le FUNZIONI possono essere selezionate direttamente
premendo il tasto corrispondente (vedere PANNELLO
COMANDI).
Se una funzione non è compatibile con il programma
selezionato (vedere la TABELLA DEI PROGRAMMI), il LED
corrispondente lampeggia 3 volte in rapida successione e
viene emesso un segnale acustico. Lopzione non è in tal
caso abilitata.
ITALIANO 60
ATTENZIONE: In caso di intervento di manutenzione, scollegare
sempre l’apparecchio dall’alimentazione elettrica. Non utilizzare
liquidi inammabili per la pulizia della macchina.
Pulizia della lavastoviglie
È possibile eliminare qualsiasi segno all’interno dell’apparecchio
con l’ausilio di un panno inumidito con acqua e aceto.
Le superci esterne della macchina e il pannello comandi
possono essere puliti mediante un panno in materiale non
abrasivo preventivamente inumidito con acqua. Non utilizzare
solventi o prodotti abrasivi.
Prevenzione degli odori sgradevoli
Tenere sempre aperta la porta dell’apparecchio per evitare
la formazione e la conservazione dell’umidità al suo interno.
Pulire regolarmente le guarnizioni lungo il perimetro della
porta e il distributore del detersivo con una spugna inumidita.
Ciò impedisce che resti di cibo rimangano intrappolati nelle
guarnizioni, che è la principale causa di formazione di odori
sgradevoli.
Controllo del tubo di carico dell’acqua
Controllare periodicamente l’integrità del tubo di carico. Se
fosse danneggiato, sostituirlo con un tubo nuovo reperibile
presso il Servizio Assistenza o un rivenditore specializzato. In
base al tipo di tubo:
ENGLISH
10
Cleaning and maintenance
ATTENTION: Always unplug the appliance when cleaning it
and when performing maintenance work. Do not use flammable
liquids to clean the machine.
CLEANING THE DISHWASHER
Any marks on the inside of the appliance may be
removed using a cloth dampened with water and
a little vinegar.
The external surfaces of the machine and the
control panel can be cleaned using a non-abrasive
cloth which has been dampened with water. Do
not use solvents or abrasive products.
PREVENTING UNPLEASANT ODOURS
Always keep the door of the appliance ajar in order to avoid mo-
isture from forming and being trapped inside the machine.
Clean the seals around the door and detergent dispensers regu-
larly using a damp sponge. This will avoid food becoming trapped
in the seals, which is the main cause behind the formation of
unpleasant odours.
CHEKING THE WATER SUPPLY HOSE
Check the inlet hose regularly for brittleness and cracks. If dama-
ged, replace it by a new hose available through our After-Sales
Service or your specialist dealer. Depending on the hose type:
If the inlet hose has a transparent coating, periodically check if
the colour intensifies locall . If yes, the hose may have a leak and
should be replaced.
For water stop hoses: check the small safety valve inspection
window (see arrow). If it is red, the water stop function was trig-
gered, and the hose must be replaced by a new one.
For unscrewing this hose, press the release button while unscre-
wing the hose.
CLEANING THE WATER INLET HOSE
If the water hoses are new or have not been used for an exten-
ded period of time, let the water run to make sure it is clear and
free of impurities before performing the necessary connections. If
this precaution is not taken, the water inlet could become blocked
and damage the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the filter assembly so that the filters do not clo
and that the waste water flows away correctl .
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The filter assembly consists of three filters which remove foo
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the filter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running
water, using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions
below:
1. Turn the cylindrical filter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup filter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side flaps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate filter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you find foreign objects (such as broken glass, porc -
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER RE-
MOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the filters, replace the filter assembly and fix it
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efficient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the
spray arms and block the holes
used to spray the water. It is
therefore recommended that you
check the arms from time to time
and clean them with a small
non-metallic brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be
replaced so that the side with
the greater number of holes is
facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efficienc . This system regenerates itself with salt,
therefore it is required to refill salt container when empt . Frequen-
cy
of regeneration depends on water hardness level setting - by
default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles with water
hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in final rins
and finishes in drying phase, before cycle ends
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water; takes up to 5 addi-
tional minutes for the cycle; consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
A
A
B
C
12
34
Se il tubo di carico ha un rivestimento trasparente, controllare
periodicamente che non vi siano zone di colore più intenso. In
questo caso, è possibile che il tubo presenti una perdita e debba
essere sostituito.
Per i tubi antiallagamento: controllare la nestrella di ispezione
della valvola di sicurezza (vedere la freccia). Se è rossa, signica
che la funzione antiallagamento si è attivata; in questo caso il
tubo deve essere sostituito con uno nuovo. Per staccare il tubo,
premere il tasto di sblocco e svitare il tubo.
Pulizia del tubo di carico acqua
Se i tubi dell’acqua sono nuovi o sono rimasti inutilizzati per
un periodo prolungato, prima di eseguire i raccordi necessari
far scorrere l’acqua per controllare che sia pulita e priva di
impurità. In assenza di tale precauzione, il tubo di carico acqua
può risultare ostruito con conseguente danneggiamento della
lavastoviglie.
Pulizia del gruppo ltro
Pulire regolarmente il gruppo ltro in modo che gli elementi
ltranti non si intasino e che l’acqua vi scorra regolarmente.
L’uso della lavastoviglie con i ltri ostruiti, o con oggetti
estranei nel sistema ltrante o nei bracci irroratori, può causare
malfunzionamenti e determinare una perdita di prestazioni, un
aumento della rumorosità o un maggiore consumo di risorse.
Il gruppo ltro è composto da tre elementi ltranti che
eliminano i residui di cibo dall’acqua di lavaggio e la rimettono in
circolo: per ottenere le migliori prestazioni durante il lavaggio è
necessario che tali elementi siano sempre puliti.
Non utilizzare mai la lavastoviglie priva dei ltri o con i ltri
allentati.
Almeno una volta al mese o ogni 30 cicli di lavaggio, vericare lo
stato del gruppo ltro e all’occorrenza pulirlo in profondità sotto
l’acqua corrente, usando una spazzola non metallica e seguendo
le istruzioni sotto riportate:
Ruotare il ltro cilindrico A in senso antiorario, quindi
estrarlo(Fig. 1).
1. Smontare il ltro a tazza B esercitando una leggera
pressione sulle sponde laterali(Fig. 2).
2. Far scorrere il ltro a piastra in acciaio inossidabile C, no
ad estrarlo (Fig. 3).
3. Se si trovano oggetti estranei (frammenti di vetro,
porcellana, ossa, semi di frutta, ecc.), rimuoverli con
attenzione.
4. Esaminare il sifone ed eliminare la presenza di qualsiasi
residuo di cibo. NON TOGLIERE MAI l’elemento di
protezione della pompa di lavaggio (dettaglio di colore
nero) (Fig 4).
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
Dopo aver pulito i ltri, rimontare il gruppo e ssarlo
correttamente in sede; ciò è fondamentale per garantire
l’ecienza della lavastoviglie.
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
EN
13
CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY
Regularly clean the lter assembly so that the lters do not clog
and that the waste water ows away correctly.
Using dishwasher with clogged lters or foreign objects inside l-
tration system or sprayarms may cause unit malfunction resulting
in lose of performance, noisy work or higher resources usage.
The lter assembly consists of three lters which remove food
residues from the washing water and then recirculate the water:
to obtain the best washing results, you need to keep them clean.
The dishwasher must not be used without lters or if the
lter is loose.
At least once per month or after each 30 cycles, check the lter
assembly and if necessary clean it thoroughly under running water,
using a non-metallic brush and following the instructions below:
1. Turn the cylindrical lter A in an anti-clockwise direction and
pull it out (Fig 1).
2. Remove the cup lter B by exerting a slight pressure on the
side aps (Fig 2).
3. Slide out the stainless-steel plate lter C (Fig 3).
4. In case you nd foreign objects (such as broken glass, porce-
lain, bones, fruit seeds etc.) please remove them carefully.
5. Inspect the trap and remove any food residues. NEVER
REMOVE the wash-cycle pump protection (black detail) (Fig 4).
After cleaning the lters, re-place the lter assembly and x it in
position correctly; this is essential for maintaining the efcient
operation of the dishwasher.
CLEANING THE SPRAY ARMS
On occasions, food residue may
become encrusted onto the spray
arms and block the holes used
to spray the water. It is therefore
recommended that you check the
arms from time to time and clean
them with a small non-metallic
brush.
To remove the upper spray arm,
turn the plastic locking ring in an
anti-clockwise direction.
The upper spray arm should be replaced so that the side with the
greater number of holes is facing upwards.
The lower spray arm may be
removed by pulling it upwards.
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM
Water softener automatically reduces water hardness, conse-
quently preventing scale buildup on heater, contributing also to
better cleaning efciency. This system regenerates itself with
salt,
therefore it is required to rell salt container when empty.
Frequency
of regeneration depends on water hardness level set-
ting - by default regeneration takes place once per 5 Eco cycles
with water hardness level set to 3. Regeneration process starts in
nal rinse and nishes in drying phase, before cycle ends.
Single regeneration consumes: ~3.5L of water;
Takes up to 5 additional minutes for the cycle;
Consumes below 0.005kWh of energy.
1 2
3 4
AA
B
C
TROUBLESHOOTING
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After rell
the salt indicator may remain lit for
several wash cycles).
Rell reservoir with salt (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty. (After
rell the rinse aid indicator may
remain lit for several wash cycles).
Rell dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start or
does not respond to com-
mands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it back
on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it back in.
Pulizia dei bracci aspersori
I residui di cibo possono
occasionalmente formare incrostazioni
sui bracci aspersori e bloccare i fori
utilizzati per l’irrorazione dell’acqua. Si
raccomanda pertanto di ispezionare
di volta in volta i bracci e di pulirli
mediante piccola spazzola metallica.
Per smontare il braccio aspersore
superiore, ruotare l’anello di
bloccaggio in plastica in senso
antiorario. Il rimontaggio del braccio
aspersore deve avvenire in modo che
il lato con il maggior numero di fori sia
rivolto verso l’alto.
È possibile smontare l’elemento
aspersore del cestello inferiore
sollevandolo verso l’alto.
Sistema di addolcimento dell’acqua
L’addolcitore riduce automaticamente la durezza dell’acqua,
impedendo la formazione di calcare sulla serpentina e
contribuendo a migliorare l’ecienza di lavaggio. Questo
sistema si rigenera con il sale, che deve essere perciò
rabboccato quando il serbatoio del sale è vuoto. La frequenza
di rigenerazione dipende dal livello di durezza impostato - nella
congurazione predenita, la rigenerazione avviene ogni 5 cicli
Eco con la durezza dell’acqua impostata al livello 3. Il processo
di rigenerazione inizia durante il risciacquo nale e si conclude
nella fase di asciugatura, prima del termine del ciclo. Ogni
rigenerazione comporta:
- un consumo di ~3,5 litri d’acqua;
- un prolungamento di 5 minuti della normale durata del ciclo;
- un consumo di energia minore di 0,005 kWh.
Pulizia e manutenzione
ITALIANO 61
Cosa fare se...
Se la lavastoviglie non funziona correttamente, provare a risolvere il problema consultando l’elenco sotto
riportato. Per errori o problemi di altro tipo, contattare un Servizio Assistenza Tecnica autorizzato; i dati di
contatto sono riportati nel libretto di garanzia. Il produttore garantisce la disponibilità delle parti di ricambio
per almeno 10 anni dalla data di produzione dell’apparecchio.
Problemi... Possibili cause... Soluzioni...
What to do if ...What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After refill
the salt indicator may remain lit
for several wash cycles).
Refill reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After refill the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Refill dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it
back on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it
back in.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The wash cycle has not finished yet Wait until the wash cycle finishes
The drain hose is bent. Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
The sink drain pipe is blocked. Clean the sink drain pipe.
The filter is clogged up with food
residues. Clean the filter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are rattling against
each. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Reset the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program, press
START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds. Please do not
add any detergent.
The dishes are not clean.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The spray arms cannot rotate freely,
being hindered by the dishes. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The wash cycle is too gentle
and/or detergent efficiency is lo . Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not suitable
for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER).
The cap on the rinse aid compart-
ment has not been shut correctly. Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
The filter is soiled or clogged Clean the filter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
There is no salt. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
The dishwasher does not fill
the water.
Display shows: H
6
and On/Off LED is blin-
king
rapidly
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed. Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap running.
The inlet hose is bent. Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION) repro-
gram the dishwasher and reboot.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
After having carried out the verification and cleaning, turn o f and
turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
Spia del sale accesa
Il serbatoio del sale è vuoto.
(È possibile che, dopo aver
riempito il serbatoio, la spia del
sale resti accesa per diversi cicli
di lavaggio).
Riempire il serbatoio con sale (per ulteriori informazioni,
vedere a pagina 8).
Regolare la durezza dell'acqua - vedere la tabella a pagina 8.
What to do if ...What to do if ...
In case your dishwasher doesn’t work properly, check if the problem can be solved by going through the following list.
For other errors or issues please contact authorized After-sales Service which contact details can be found in the warranty
booklet. The manufacturer ensures the availability of spare parts for at least 10 years after production date of this appliance.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS
Salt indicator is lit
Salt reservoir is empty. (After refill
the salt indicator may remain lit
for several wash cycles).
Refill reservoir with sal (for more information - see page 8).
Adjust water hardness - see table, page 8.
Rinse aid indicator is lit
Rinse aid dispenser is empty.
(After refill the rinse aid indicator
may remain lit for several wash
cycles).
Refill dispenser with rinse aid (for more information - see page 8).
The dishwasher won’t start
or does not respond to
commands.
The appliance has not been
plugged in properly. Insert the plug into the socket.
Power outage. The dishwasher starts automatically when the power returns.
The dishwasher door is not closed. Vigorously push the door until you hear the “click”.
It does not respond to commands.
Display shows: 9 or 12 and
On/Off LED is blinking rapidly.
Switch off the appliance by pressing the ON/OFF button, switch it
back on after approximately one minute and reset the program.
If problem persists, unplug the appliance for 1 minute, then plug it
back in.
The dishwasher won’t drain.
Display shows: 3 and
On/Off LED is blinking
rapidly
The wash cycle has not finished yet Wait until the wash cycle finishes
The drain hose is bent. Check that the drain hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION).
The sink drain pipe is blocked. Clean the sink drain pipe.
The filter is clogged up with food
residues. Clean the filter (see CLEANING THE FILTER ASSEMBLY).
The dishwasher makes
excessive noise.
The dishes are rattling against
each. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not
suitable for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT
DISPENSER). Reset the current cycle by switching OFF the
dishwasher, then switch it on again, select a new program, press
START/Pause and close the door within 4 seconds. Please do not
add any detergent.
The dishes are not clean.
The crockery has not been
arranged properly. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The spray arms cannot rotate freely,
being hindered by the dishes. Arrange the crockery correctly (see LOADING THE RACKS).
The wash cycle is too gentle
and/or detergent efficiency is lo . Select an appropriate wash cycle (see PROGRAMS TABLE).
An excessive amount of foam has
been produced.
The detergent has not been measured out correctly or it is not suitable
for use in dishwashers (see FILLING THE DETERGENT DISPENSER).
The cap on the rinse aid compart-
ment has not been shut correctly. Make sure the cap of the rinse aid dispenser is closed.
The filter is soiled or clogged Clean the filter assembly (see CARE AND MAINTENANCE).
There is no salt. Fill the salt reservoir (see FILLING THE SALT RESERVOIR).
The dishwasher does not fill
the water.
Display shows: H
6
and On/Off LED is blin-
king
rapidly
No water in the water supply or
the tap is closed. Make sure there is water in the water supply or the tap running.
The inlet hose is bent. Make sure the inlet hose is not bent (see INSTALLATION) repro-
gram the dishwasher and reboot.
The sieve in the water inlet hose
is clogged; it is necessary to
clean it.
After having carried out the verification and cleaning, turn o f and
turn on the dishwasher and restart a new program.
Spia del brillantante
accesa
Il distributore del brillantante
è vuoto. (È possibile che, dopo
aver riempito la vaschetta, la spia
del brillantante resti accesa per
diversi cicli di lavaggio).
Riempire la vaschetta con brillantante (per ulteriori
informazioni, vedere pagina 8).
La lavastoviglie non si avvia o
i comandi non rispondono.
L'apparecchio non è stato
collegato correttamente
all'alimentazione elettrica.
Inserire la spina nella presa di corrente.
Mancanza di corrente. Per ragioni di sicurezza, la lavastoviglie non si riavvia
automaticamente al ripristino della corrente elettrica. Aprire
lo sportello della lavastoviglie, premere il tasto Avvio e
richiudere lo sportello entro 4 secondi.
Mancata chiusura della porta
lavastoviglie.
La spina Natural Dry non è
inserita.
Spingere con decisione la porta no ad avvertire il
caratteristico clic.
Mancato funzionamento dei
vari comandi. Sul display viene
visualizzato: 9 o 12 e il LED On/
O lampeggia rapidamente.
Spegnere l'apparecchio premendo il tasto ON/OFF,
riaccenderlo dopo circa un minuto e riavviare il programma.
Se il problema persiste, staccare l'apparecchio dalla rete
elettrica per un minuto, quindi ricollegarlo.
Lo scarico della lavastoviglie
non avviene.
Sul display viene visualizzato:
3 e il LED On/O lampeggia
rapidamente
Ciclo di lavaggio non ancora
concluso Attendere la conclusione del ciclo di lavaggio
Tubo di scarico piegato. Vericare che il tubo di scarico non sia piegato (vedere la
sezione INSTALLAZIONE).
Tubo di scarico del lavandino
ostruito. Pulire il tubo di scarico del lavandino.
Ostruzione ltro a causa di
residui di cibo. Pulire il ltro (vedere PULIZIA DEL GRUPPO FILTRO).
La rumorosità della
lavastoviglie è eccessiva.
Urto dei piatti tra loro durante il
lavaggio. Sistemare le stoviglie nel modo corretto (vedere
CARICAMENTO DEI CESTELLI).
Produzione eccessiva di
schiuma. Il dosaggio del detersivo non è stato stabilito in modo
corretto oppure il detersivo non è del tipo adatto alle
lavastoviglie (vedere RIEMPIMENTO DEL DISTRIBUTORE
DETERSIVO). Per riavviare il ciclo in corso, spegnere e
riaccendere la lavastoviglie, scegliere un nuovo programma,
premere AVVIO/Pausa e chiudere lo sportello entro 4 secondi.
Non aggiungere altro detersivo.
I piatti non risultano puliti.
Errata disposizione delle
stoviglie. Sistemare le stoviglie nel modo corretto (vedere
CARICAMENTO DEI CESTELLI).
Impedimento nella rotazione
dei bracci aspersori a causa
dell'interferenza dei piatti.
Sistemare le stoviglie nel modo corretto (vedere
CARICAMENTO DEI CESTELLI).
Ciclo di lavaggio eccessivamente
delicato e/o detersivo di scarsa
ecacia.
Selezionare il programma adatto (vedere la TABELLA DEI
PROGRAMMI).
Produzione eccessiva di
schiuma. Il dosaggio del detersivo non è stato stabilito in modo corretto
oppure il detersivo non è del tipo adatto alle lavastoviglie (vedere
RIEMPIMENTO DEL DISTRIBUTORE DETERSIVO).
Tappo sul vano brillantante non
correttamente chiuso. Accertarsi che il tappo sul distributore brillantante sia chiuso.
Filtro sporco oppure ostruito Pulire il gruppo ltro (vedere CURA E MANUTENZIONE).
Mancanza di sale. Riempire il serbatoio del sale (vedere RIEMPIMENTO DEL
SERBATOIO SALE).
ITALIANO 62
Cosa fare se...
Servizio Assistenza Tecnica
Problemi... Possibili cause... Soluzioni...
La lavastoviglie termina il ciclo
di lavaggio troppo presto.
Sul display viene visualizzato:
15 e il LED On/O lampeggia
rapidamente
Il tubo di scarico è posizionato
troppo in basso o crea un eetto
sifone nell'impianto di scarico
domestico
Controllare che l'estremità del tubo di scarico si trovi
all'altezza corretta (vedere INSTALLAZIONE). Vericare
eventuali eetti sifone nell'impianto di scarico domestico; se
necessario, installare una valvola di ingresso aria.
Aria nel tubo di mandata
dell'acqua
Controllare che non vi siano perdite nell'impianto idraulico o
altri problemi che causino l'ingresso di aria.
La lavastoviglie non esegue il
carico dell'acqua.
Sul display viene visualizzato: H
6 e il LED On/O lampeggia
rapidamente
Assenza di alimentazione idrica
o rubinetto chiuso. Accertarsi che il tubo di alimentazione idrica contenga l'acqua
necessaria o che il rubinetto sia aperto.
Tubo di carico piegato. Accertarsi che il tubo di carico non sia piegato (vedere
INSTALLAZIONE) riprogrammare la lavastoviglie e riavviarla.
Elemento ltrante ostruito nel
tubo di carico; è necessario
pulirlo.
Dopo aver eseguito le operazioni di ispezione e pulizia,
spegnere e accendere la lavastoviglie e avviare un programma
nuovo.
La porta non si chiude.
I cestelli non sono inseriti
completamente. Vericare che i cestelli siano inseriti completamente.
La porta non è bloccata. Spingere con decisione la porta no ad avvertire il
caratteristico scatto.
I piatti non sono asciutti.
Il programma selezionato non
prevede una fase di asciugatura. Vericare nella tabella dei programmi che il programma
selezionato preveda il ciclo di asciugatura.
Il brillantante è esaurito oppure
il dosaggio non è adeguato. Aggiungere il brillantante o aumentare il livello di dosaggio
(vedere RIEMPIMENTO DEL DISTRIBUTORE DI BRILLANTANTE).
I piatti sono in materiale
antiaderente o in plastica. La presenza di gocce d'acqua è normale (vedere CONSIGLI).
Piatti e bicchieri mostrano
tracce di calcare o presentano
una patina biancastra
Il livello del sale è insuciente. Riempire il serbatoio del sale (vedere RIEMPIMENTO DEL
SERBATOIO SALE).
L'impostazione della durezza
dell'acqua è errata. Aumentare i valori impostati (vedere la tabella DUREZZA
DELL'ACQUA).
Il tappo del serbatoio del sale
non è chiuso correttamente. Controllare la chiusura del tappo del serbatoio del sale.
Il brillantante è esaurito oppure
il dosaggio è insuciente. Rabboccare il brillantante o adottare dosaggi superiori.
Piatti e bicchieri mostrano
striature o colorazioni
bluastre
La dose di brillantante è
eccessiva Regolare il dosaggio a valori inferiori.
Se, dopo aver eettuato i controlli sopra menzionati, le anomalie
permangono, spegnere l'apparecchio e chiudere il rubinetto
dell'acqua. Contattare il Servizio Assistenza (vedere la garanzia).
Prima di contattare il Servizio Assistenza, vericare di avere a
disposizione i seguenti dati:
- la descrizione dell'anomalia,
- il tipo e il modello dell'apparecchio,
- codice di assistenza, ovvero il numero indicato sulla
targhetta adesiva dell'Assistenza Tecnica applicata
all'interno della porta sulla destra:
ITALIANO 63
Dati tecnici
Dimensioni (mm)
Altezza mm 820
Larghezza mm 448
Profondità mm 555
Prestazioni
Tensione V 220/240
Frequenza Hz 50
Classe di ecienza energetica A+++
Pressione massima dell’acqua di mandata Bar 10
Pressione minima dell’acqua di mandata Bar 0,2
Consumo annuo di energia kWh/anno 170
Temperatura max. di ingresso dell'acqua °C 70
Numero di coperti 10
Consumo di energia in modalità standby W 5
Consumo di energia in modalità spenta W 0.5
Consumo d'acqua annuale l/anno 2436
Rumorosità dB(A) re 1 pW 41
Consigli per la salvaguardia dell’ambiente
Smaltimento del materiale da imballaggio
Il materiale di imballaggio è riciclabile al 100% ed è
contrassegnato dal simbolo del riciclo . Le varie
parti dell’imballaggio devono pertanto essere smaltite
responsabilmente e in stretta osservanza delle norme stabilite
dalle autorità locali.
Smaltimento degli elettrodomestici
Questo prodotto è fabbricato con materiale riciclabile o
riutilizzabile. Smaltire il prodotto rispettando le normative locali
in materia. Per ulteriori informazioni sul trattamento, il recupero
e il riciclaggio degli elettrodomestici, contattare l’ucio locale
competente, il servizio di raccolta dei riuti domestici o il
negozio presso il quale il prodotto è stato acquistato. Questo
apparecchio è contrassegnato in conformità alla Direttiva
Europea 2012/19/UE sui riuti di apparecchiature elettriche
ed elettroniche (RAEE). Provvedendo al corretto smaltimento
del prodotto si contribuirà ad evitare potenziali conseguenze
negative sull’ambiente e sulla salute umana.
Il simbolo sul prodotto o sulla documentazione di
accompagnamento indica che questo apparecchio non deve
essere smaltito come riuto domestico, bensì conferito presso
un centro di raccolta preposto al ritiro delle apparecchiature
elettriche ed elettroniche.
Consigli per il risparmio energetico
Il programma Eco è indicato per le stoviglie mediamente
sporche; è il programma più eciente in termini di consumo
combinato di acqua ed energia e viene usato per valutare la
conformità dell’apparecchio alla legislazione UE in materia di
progettazione ecocompatibile.
Caricando la lavastoviglie no alla capacità indicata dal
produttore si contribuirà a ridurre i consumi d’acqua e di
energia. Il pre-risciacquo manuale delle stoviglie comporta un
maggiore consumo di acqua ed energia e non è consigliato.
Se la lavastoviglie domestica viene usata secondo le istruzioni
del produttore, il lavaggio a macchina delle stoviglie comporta
normalmente un minore consumo di energia e acqua rispetto al
lavaggio a mano.
ITALIANO 64
Installazione
ATTENZIONE: Nel caso in cui si renda improvvisamente
necessario spostare l’apparecchio, mantenerlo in ogni caso in
posizione verticale; solo se assolutamente necessario, ribaltarlo
sulla schiena.
Collegamento dell’alimentazione idrica
L’adattamento dell’alimentazione idrica a ni di installazione
deve essere eseguito soltanto da tecnici qualicati.
I tubi di carico e scarico dell’acqua possono essere orientati
verso destra oppure verso sinistra, a seconda di quanto
necessario per ottenere la migliore installazione possibile.
Accertarsi che la lavastoviglie non presenti tubi piegati o
schiacciati.
Collegamento del tubo di carico acqua
Far scorrere l’acqua no a quando sia perfettamente pulita.
Fissare saldamente in posizione il tubo di carico e aprire il
rubinetto.
Nel caso in cui il tubo di carico non sia sucientemente lungo,
contattare il distributore o un tecnico specializzato.
La pressione dell’acqua deve essere compresa nei valori riportati
nella tabella con le caratteristiche tecniche; in caso contrario la
lavastoviglie potrebbe non funzionare correttamente.
Accertarsi che i tubi non siano piegati né schiacciati.
Speciche per il collegamento alla rete idrica
Acqua di mandata fredda o caldo (valore max.
60°C)
Attacco per l'acqua 3/4
Pressione di mandata
Pressione
0,05 ÷ 1 MPa (0,5 ÷ 10 bar)
7,25 – 145 psi
Tubo di carico:
Collegamento del tubo di scarico acqua
Collegare il tubo di scarico a un apposito condotto con diametro
minimo di 2 cm A.
INSTALLATION
ENGLISH
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto
its back.
CONNECTING THE WATER SUPPLY
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
performed by a qualified technician
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation.
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses.
CONNECTING THE WATER INLET HOSE
Run the water until it is perfectly clear.
Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap.
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or
an authorised technician.
The water pressure must be within the values indicated in the
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
properly.
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER
SUPPLY HOSE:
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter
of 2 cm A.
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from
40 to 80 cm from the floor or surface where the dishwasher rests
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
the plastic plug B.
ANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
is provided with a special system which blocks the water supply in
the event of anomalies or leaks from inside the appliance.
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-flooding protectio
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
hose be cut as it contains live electrical parts.
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
The socket is earth and complies with current regulations;
The socket can withstand the maximum load of the applian-
ce as shown on the data plate located on the inside of the door
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
the data plate on the inside of the door.
The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension ca-
bles or multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed,
the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
order to prevent all potential hazards.
The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
these regulations are not observed.
POSITIONING AND LEVELLING
1.
2.
Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy floo . If the floor i
uneven, the front feet of the appliance may be adjusted until
it reaches a horizontal position. If the appliance is levelled
correctly, it will be more stable and much less likely to move or
cause vibrations and noise while it is operating.
Before recessing the dishwasher, stick the adhesive transparent
strip under the wooden shelf in order to protect it from any con-
densation which may form.
3.
4.
Place the dishwasher so that its sides or back panel are in
contact with the adjacent cabinets or the wall. This appliance
can also be recessed under a single worktop.
To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
bushing on the lower central part at the front of the dishwasher
using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the
spanner in a clockwise direction to increase the height and in
an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
MIN 40 cm
MAX 80 cm
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
WATER INTAKE 3/4”
POWER OF WATER
PRESSURE
0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar)
7.25 145 psi
WIDTH 598 mm
HEIGHT 820 mm
DEPTH 555 mm
CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
L’altezza del raccordo del tubo di scarico deve essere compresa
tra 40 e 80cm dal livello del pavimento o dalla supercie di
appoggio della lavastoviglie. Prima di collegare il tubo di scarico
dell’acqua allo scarico del lavandino, togliere il tappo di plastica
B.
Dispositivo di protezione antiriusso
Dispositivo di protezione antiriusso. Per evitare rischi
di allagamento, la lavastoviglie è munita di uno specico
dispositivo per l’interruzione del usso di mandata dell’acqua
in caso di anomalie di funzionamento o di perdite all’interno
dell’apparecchio.
Alcuni modelli sono muniti anche del dispositivo di sicurezza
supplementare New Aqua Stop, che garantisce la protezione
antiriusso anche in caso di rottura del tubo di carico.
Questo modello è dotato del sistema di protezione Aquastop
Non tagliare il tubo di carico dell’acqua per nessun motivo
poiché esso contiene anche componenti elettrici sotto tensione.
Collegamento alla rete elettrica
AVVERTENZA: Non tagliare il tubo di carico dell’acqua per
nessun motivo poiché esso contiene anche componenti
elettrici sotto tensione.
Prima di inserire la spina nella presa elettrica, vericare quanto
segue:
la presa elettrica è munita di messa a terra ed è conforme
alle normative vigenti;
la presa elettrica
INSTALLATION
ENGLISH
ATTENTION: If the appliance must be moved at any time, keep it
in an upright position; if absolutely necessary, it may be tilted onto
its back.
CONNECTING THE WATER SUPPLY
Adaptation of the water supply for installation should only be
performed by a qualified technician
The water inlet and outlet hoses may be positioned towards the
right or the left in order to achieve the best possible installation.
Make sure the dishwasher does not bend or squash the hoses.
CONNECTING THE WATER INLET HOSE
Run the water until it is perfectly clear.
Screw the inlet hose tightly into position and turn on the tap.
If the inlet hose is not long enough, contact a specialist store or
an authorised technician.
The water pressure must be within the values indicated in the
Technical Data table - otherwise the dishwasher may be function
properly.
Make sure the hose is not bent or compressed.
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONNECTION OF THE WATER
SUPPLY HOSE:
CONNECTING THE WATER OUTLET HOSE
Connect the outlet hose to a drain duct with a minimum diameter
of 2 cm A.
The outlet hose connection must be at a height ranging from
40 to 80 cm from the floor or surface where the dishwasher rests
Before connecting the water outlet hose to the sink drain, remove
the plastic plug B.
ANTI-FLOODING PROTECTION
Anti-flooding protection. To ensure floods do not occu , the dishwasher
is provided with a special system which blocks the water supply in
the event of anomalies or leaks from inside the appliance.
Some models are also equipped with the supplementary safety
device New Aqua Stop, which guarantees anti-flooding protectio
even in the event of a supply hose rupture.
Under no circumstances should the water inlet hose be cut as it
contains live electrical parts.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
WARNING: Under no circumstances should the water inlet
hose be cut as it contains live electrical parts.
Before inserting the plug into the electrical socket, make sure that:
The socket is earth and complies with current regulations;
The socket can withstand the maximum load of the applian-
ce as shown on the data plate located on the inside of the door
(see PRODUCT DESCRIPTION).
The power supply voltage falls within the values indicated on
the data plate on the inside of the door.
The socket is compatible with the plug of the appliance.
If this is not the case, ask an authorised technician to replace the
plug (see AFTER-SALES SERVICE). Do not use extension ca-
bles or multiple sockets. Once the appliance has been installed,
the power supply cable and the electrical socket should be easily
accessible.
The cable should not be bent or compressed.
If the power supply cable is damaged, have it replaced by the
manufacturer or its authorised Technical Assistance Service in
order to prevent all potential hazards.
The Company shall not be held responsible for any incidents, if
these regulations are not observed.
POSITIONING AND LEVELLING
1.
2.
Position the dishwasher on a level sturdy floo . If the floor i
uneven, the front feet of the appliance may be adjusted until
it reaches a horizontal position. If the appliance is levelled
correctly, it will be more stable and much less likely to move or
cause vibrations and noise while it is operating.
Before recessing the dishwasher, stick the adhesive transparent
strip under the wooden shelf in order to protect it from any con-
densation which may form.
3.
4.
Place the dishwasher so that its sides or back panel are in
contact with the adjacent cabinets or the wall. This appliance
can also be recessed under a single worktop.
To adjust the height of the rear foot, turn the red hexagonal
bushing on the lower central part at the front of the dishwasher
using a hexagonal spanner with an opening of 8 mm. Turn the
spanner in a clockwise direction to increase the height and in
an anticlockwise direction to decrease it.
DIMENSIONS AND CAPACITY:
MIN 40 cm
MAX 80 cm
WATER SUPPLY cold or hot (max. 60°C)
WATER INTAKE 3/4”
POWER OF WATER
PRESSURE
0.05 ÷ 1 MPa (0.5 ÷ 10 bar)
7.25 145 psi
WIDTH 598 mm
HEIGHT 820 mm
DEPTH 555 mm
CAPACITY 13 standard place-settings
è in grado di sopportare il valore
massimo di carico previsto per l’apparecchio, riportato sulla
targhetta posta all’interno della porta (vedere DESCRIZIONE
DEL PRODOTTO).
la tensione di alimentazione corrisponde all’intervallo di
valori riportato sulla targhetta posta all’interno della porta.
la presa sia compatibile con la spina dell’apparecchio.
Nel caso in cui non vi sia compatibilità, rivolgersi a un tecnico
autorizzato anché sostituisca la spina (vedere SERVIZIO
ASSISTENZA). Non utilizzare cavi di prolunga o prese multiple.
Dopo aver completato l’installazione dell’apparecchio, vericare
che il cavo di alimentazione e la presa elettrica siano facilmente
accessibili.
Il cavo non deve risultare né eccessivamente piegato né
schiacciato.
Per scongiurare la possibilità di qualsiasi rischio, in caso
di danneggiamento del cavo di alimentazione elettrica è
necessario adare la sua sostituzione al costruttore o al relativo
Servizio di assistenza tecnica.
In caso di inosservanza della precedente raccomandazione la
Società non è in alcun modo responsabile di eventuali incidenti.
Posizionamento e livellamento
1. Sistemare la lavastoviglie su supercie solida e piana. Se la
pavimentazione non è in piano, è possibile regolare l’altezza
dei piedini anteriori dell’apparecchio no a ottenere il
livellamento corretto. Il corretto livellamento dell’apparecchio
rende la sua installazione più stabile e molto meno soggetta
a spostamenti o a vibrazioni con eccessiva rumorosità
durante il funzionamento.
2. Prima di incassare la lavastoviglie nel relativo vano, apporre
la striscia adesiva trasparente inferiormente al ripiano in
legno per proteggerlo da eventuali formazioni di condensa.
3. Sistemare la lavastoviglie in modo che i pannelli laterali o il
lato posteriore siano a contatto con i mobiletti adiacenti o
con il muro. Lapparecchio in questione può essere incassato
anche sotto un singolo piano di lavoro.
4. Per regolare l’altezza del piedino posteriore, ruotare la
boccola esagonale di colore rosso posta nel centro della
parte inferiore del lato anteriore mediante chiave esagonale
da 8 mm. Per aumentare l’altezza del piedino ruotare la
chiave in senso orario e ruotarla invece in senso antiorario
per diminuirla.
Dimensioni e capacità:
Larghezza 448 mm
Altezza 820 mm
Profondità 555 mm
Capacità 10 coperti standard
ITALIANO 65
GARANZIA IKEA
Quanto dura la garanzia IKEA?
Questa garanzia è valida per cinque anni a partire dalla data di
acquisto/consegna del tuo elettrodomestico presso un negozio
IKEA. È necessario esibire lo scontrino originale come documento
comprovante l’acquisto. Eventuali interventi di assistenza
eettuati durante la garanzia non ne estenderanno la validità.
Chi fornisce il servizio?
Il servizio assistenza selezionato ed autorizzato da IKEA fornirà
il servizio attraverso la propria rete di Partner di Assistenza
autorizzati.
Cosa copre questa garanzia?
La garanzia copre i difetti dell’elettrodomestico causati da vizi di
fabbricazione (difetto funzionale), a partire dalla data di acquisto/
consegna dell’elettrodomestico. Questa garanzia è applicabile
solo all’uso domestico. Le eccezioni sono descritte alla voce
“Cosa non è coperto dalla garanzia?”. Nel periodo di validità della
garanzia, i costi di riparazione (pezzi di ricambio, manodopera
e viaggi del personale tecnico) saranno sostenuti dal servizio
assistenza, fermo restando che l’accesso all’apparecchiatura per
l’intervento di riparazione non comporti spese particolari. Queste
condizioni sono conformi alle direttive EU (No. 99/44/CE) e alle
norme locali. I componenti sostituiti diventano proprietà di IKEA.
Come IKEA interverrà per risolvere il problema?
Il servizio assistenza incaricato da IKEA per l’esecuzione del
servizio esaminerà il prodotto e deciderà, a propria esclusiva
discrezione, se lo stesso rientra nella copertura della garanzia. Il
Servizio Assistenza IKEA o il suo Partner di Assistenza autorizzato
tramite i rispettivi Centri di Assistenza, a propria esclusiva
discrezione, riparerà il prodotto difettoso o provvederà a
sostituirlo con un prodotto uguale o di pari valore.
Cosa non è coperto dalla garanzia?
Normale usura
Danni provocati deliberatamente, danni provocati dalla
mancata osservanza delle istruzioni di funzionamento, da
un’installazione non corretta o in seguito a collegamento a
un voltaggio errato. Danni provocati da reazioni chimiche
o elettrochimiche, ruggine, corrosione o danni causati da
acqua, inclusi i danni causati dalla presenza di eccessivo
calcare nelle condutture idriche. Danni causati da eventi
atmosferici e naturali.
Le parti soggette a consumo, incluse batterie e lampadine.
Danni a parti non funzionali e decorative che non inuiscono
sul normale uso dell’elettrodomestico, inclusi gra e
dierenze di colore.
Danni accidentali causati da corpi o sostanze estranee e
danni causati da pulizia o eliminazione di ostruzioni da ltri,
sistemi di scarico o cassetti del detersivo.
Danni ai seguenti componenti: vetroceramica, accessori,
cestelli per posate e stoviglie, tubi di alimentazione e
drenaggio, guarnizioni, lampadine e copri lampadine, griglie,
manopole, rivestimento e parti del rivestimento. A meno che
si possa provare che tali danni siano stati causati da errori di
fabbricazione.
Casi in cui non vengono rilevati difetti funzionali durante la
visita di un tecnico.
Riparazioni non eseguite dal nostro Servizio Assistenza
autorizzato e/o da un Partner di Assistenza contrattuale
autorizzato o in caso di uso di ricambi non originali.
Riparazioni causate da un’installazione non corretta o non
conforme alle speciche.
Casi di uso improprio e/o non domestico dell’apparecchio, ad
es. uso professionale.
Danni da trasporto. Qualora sia il cliente a trasportare il
prodotto alla propria abitazione o ad altro indirizzo, IKEA
non è responsabile per eventuali danni che potrebbero
vericarsi durante il trasporto. In compenso, qualora sia IKEA
ad eettuare il trasporto del prodotto all’indirizzo del cliente,
eventuali danni occorsi al prodotto durante la consegna
saranno coperti da IKEA.
Costi inerenti la prima installazione dell’elettrodomestico
IKEA.
Tuttavia, qualora un fornitore di servizi IKEA o un suo partner
autorizzato ripari o sostituisca l’apparecchio nei termini
della presente garanzia, il fornitore o il partner autorizzato
reinstalleranno l’apparecchio riparato o installeranno
l’apparecchio in sostituzione, se necessario.
Tali restrizioni non valgono per regolari interventi svolti da
personale tecnico qualicato con ricambi originali per adattare
l’apparecchio alle disposizioni tecniche di sicurezza di un altro
paese UE.
Applicazione delle leggi nazionali
Il cliente è titolare dei diritti previsti dal D. Lgs. n. 206/2005 e la
presente garanzia IKEA di 5 (cinque) anni lascia impregiudicati
tali diritti che rispondono o estendono i diritti minimi legali di
ogni paese in termini di garanzia. Tali condizioni non limitano
tuttavia in alcun modo i diritti del consumatore deniti dalle
leggi locali.
Area di validità
Per gli elettrodomestici acquistati in una nazione EU e portati
in un’altra nazione EU, i servizi saranno forniti in base alle
condizioni di garanzia applicabili nel nuovo paese. Lobbligo di
fornire il servizio in base alle condizioni della garanzia esiste solo
se l’elettrodomestico è conforme ed è installato secondo:
- le speciche tecniche del paese in cui viene richiesta
l’applicazione della garanzia;
- le informazioni sulla sicurezza contenute nelle Istruzioni per
il montaggio e nel Manuale dell’utente.
Il servizio ASSISTENZA dedicato per gli apparecchi IKEA
Non esitate a contattare il Centro Assistenza Autorizzato
incaricato da IKEA per:
richiedere assistenza tecnica nel periodo di garanzia
richiedere chiarimenti sull’installazione degli elettrodomestici
IKEA installati nelle cucine IKEA
richiedere informazioni sul funzionamento degli
elettrodomestici IKEA.
Per assicurarvi la migliore assistenza vi preghiamo di leggere
attentamente le istruzioni di assemblaggio e/o il manuale di
istruzioni del prodotto prima di contattarci.
Come contattarci se avete bisogno di assistenza
Siete pregati di contattare il
numero del Centro Assistenza
Autorizzato incaricato da IKEA
riportato sull’ultima pagina di
questo manuale
Al ne di garantirvi un servizio più veloce, vi
suggeriamo di utilizzare i numeri di telefono riportati
in questo manuale. Fate sempre riferimento ai numeri
indicati nel manuale dell’apparecchiatura per la quale
avete bisogno di assistenza. Vi suggeriamo di avere
sempre a disposizione il codice IKEA (8 cifre) e il codice a
12 cifre riportati nell’etichetta del vostro prodotto.
CONSERVATE IL DOCUMENTO DI ACQUISTO/CONSEGNA!
È la prova del vostro acquisto ed è necessario esibirlo
anché la garanzia sia valida. Sullo scontrino sono riportati
anche il nome e il codice articolo IKEA (8 cifre) per ogni
apparecchiatura acquistata.
Avete bisogno di ulteriore aiuto?
Per qualunque informazione non relativa all’assistenza vi
preghiamo di far riferimento al Servizio Cliente del punto vendita
IKEA di riferimento. Vi preghiamo di leggere attentamente la
documentazione tecnica relativa all’elettrodomestico prima di
contattarci.
66
BELGIË - BELGIQUE - BELGIEN
Telefoon/Numéro de téléphone/Telefon-Nummer: 026200311
Tarief/Tarif/Tarif: Lokaal tarief/Prix d’un appel local/Ortstarif
Openingstijd:
Heures d’ouverture:
Önungszeiten:
Maandag - Vrijdag
Lundi - Vendredi
Montag - Freitag
8.00 - 20.00
8.00 - 20.00
8.00 - 20.00
БЪЛГАРИЯ
Телефонен номер:
Тарифа:
Работно време:
0700 100 68
Локална тарифа
понеделник - петък 8.00 - 20.00
ČESKÁ REPUBLIKA
Telefonní číslo:
Sazba:
Pracovní doba:
225376400
Míst ní sazba
Pondělí - Pátek 8.00 - 20.00
DANMARK
Telefonnummer:
Takst:
Åbningstid:
70150909
Lokal takst
Mandag - fredag
Lørdag (Åbent udvalgte
søndage, se IKEA.dk)
9.00 - 20.00
9.00 - 18.00
DEUTSCHLAND
Telefon-Nummer:
Tarif:
Önungszeiten:
06929993602
Ortstarif
Montag - Freitag 8.00 - 20.00
ΕΛΛΑΔΑ
Τηλεφωνικός αριθμός:
Χρέωση:
Ώρες λειτουργίας:
2109696497
Τοπική χρέωση
Δευτέρα - Παρασκευή 8.00 - 20.00
ESPAÑA
Teléfono:
Tarifa:
Horario:
913754126 (España Continental)
Tarifa local
Lunes - Viernes
8.00 - 20.00
EESTI - LATVIJA - SLOVENIJA - CYPRUS
http://www.ikea.com
FRANCE
Numéro de téléphone:
Tarif:
Heures d’ouverture:
0170480513
Prix d’un appel local
Lundi - Vendredi 9.00 - 21.00
HRVATSKA
Broj telefona:
Tarifa:
Radno vrijeme:
0800 3636
Lokalna tarifa
Ponedjeljak - Petak 8.00 - 20.00
ÍSLAND
Símanúmer:
Kostnaður við símtal:
Opnunartími:
5852409
Almennt mínútuverð
Mánudaga - Föstudaga 9.00 - 17.00
ITALIA
Telefono:
Taria:
Orari d’apertura:
0238591334
Taria locale
Lunedì - Vener 8.00 - 20.00
LIETUVIŲ
Telefono numeris:
Skambučio kaina:
Darbo laikas:
(0) 520 511 35
Vietos mokestis
Nuo pirmadienio iki penktadienio
8.00 - 20.00
LUXEMBOURG
Numéro de téléphone:
Tarif:
Heures d’ouverture:
035220882569
Prix d’un appel local
Lundi - Vendredi 8.00 - 18.00
MAGYARORSZÁG
Telefon szám:
Tarifa:
Nyitvatartási idő:
(06-1)-3285308
Helyi tarifa
Hétfőtől Péntekig 8.00 - 20.00
NORGE
Telefon nummer:
Takst:
Åpningstider:
23500112
Lokal takst
Mandag - fredag 8.00 - 20.00
NEDERLAND
Telefoon:
Tarief:
Openingstijd:
0900-235 45 32 en/of 0900 BEL IKEA
0031-50 316 8772 international
Geen extra kosten. Alleen lokaal tarief.
Maandag t/m - Vrijdag
Zaterdag
Zondag / Feestdagen
8.00 - 21.00
9.00 - 21.00
10.00 - 18.00
ÖSTERREICH
Telefon-Nummer:
Tarif:
Önungszeiten:
013602771461
Ortstarif
Montag - Freitag 8.00 - 20.00
POLSKA
Numer telefonu:
Stawka:
Godziny otwarcia:
225844203
Koszt połączenia według taryfy
operatora
Montag - Freitag 8.00 - 20.00
PORTUGAL
Telefone:
Tarifa:
Horário:
213164011
Tarifa local
Segunda - Sexta 9.00 - 21.00
ROMÂNIA
Număr de telefon:
Tarif:
Orar:
021 2044888
Tarif local
Luni - Vineri 8.00 - 20.00
РОССИЯ
Телефонный номер:
Стоимость звонка:
Время работы:
84957059426
Местная стоимость звонка
Понедельник - Пятница
(Московское время) 9.00 - 21.00
SCHWEIZ - SUISSE - SVIZZERA
Telefon-Nummer/Numéro de téléphone/Telefono: 0225675345
Tarif/Tarif/Taria: Ortstarif/Prix d’un appel local/Taria locale
Önungszeiten:
Heures d’ouverture:
Orario d’apertura:
Montag - Freitag
Lundi - Vendredi
Lunedì - Vener
8.00 - 20.00
8.00 - 20.00
8.00 - 20.00
SLOVENSKO
Telefónne číslo:
Cena za hovor:
Pracovná doba:
(02) 50102658
Cena za miestny hovor
Pondelok až piatok 8.00 - 20.00
SRBIJA
Број телефона:
cтопа:
Радно време:
011 7 555 444
lokalna курс
Понедељак - субота
недеља
9.00 - 20.00
9.00 - 18.00
SUOMI
Puhelinnumero:
Taxa:
Aukioloaika:
0981710374
Yksikköhinta
Maanantaista perjantaihin
8.00 - 20.00
SVERIGE
Telefon nummer:
Taxa:
Öppet tider:
0775-700 500
Lokal samtal
Måndag - Fredag
Lördag - Söndag 8.30 - 20.00
9.30 - 18.00
UNITED KINGDOM - IRELAND
Phone number:
Rate:
Opening hours:
02076601517
Local rate
Monday - Friday
Saturday
Sunday
8.00am - 6.00pm
8.30am - 4.30pm
9.30am - 3.30pm
400011419041
© Inter IKEA Systems B.V. 2019 AA-2192039-1
23256
58

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels
1

Forum

Ikea-Finputsad-704.756.22
  • De platte pen die na de wasbeurt de deur automatisch opent gaat niet meer terug. Daardoor kan de deur niet meer dicht en kan er dus ook geen nieuwe wasbeurt meer gestart worden. Wat nu te doen? Gesteld op 4-1-2025 om 19:10

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • Vaatwasser begint. Maar na een tijdje stop hij. Piept 2 x en knippert op het programma. Geen foutmelding?!
    Weet iemand wat hier aan de hand is Gesteld op 17-6-2024 om 13:20

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
    • Juist ook aan de hand gehad.
      Was dat ook bij programma 4?
      Ik heb m terug toe gedaan en na een tijd sprong hij open voor het drogen. Hij was toen ook uitgeschakeld.
      Ik denk dat hij einde programma aangeeft bij gepiep, nog effe blijft drogen en dan de deur open laat gaan. Geantwoord op 2-9-2024 om 13:05

      Waardeer dit antwoord (1) Misbruik melden
  • HI. Gisteren de afwasmachine geïnstalleerd ( FINPUTSAD) deze eerst zoals aangegeven leeg gedraaid. Nu bij de official draai. Gebeurt er niks. Draait even blijft dan vast staan ( display zegt 15 en loopt niet leeg. Wat gaat er mis?
    Gesteld op 4-5-2024 om 13:18

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • De deur blijft niet plat en het moment van schuiven ( open of dicht) valt telkens Gesteld op 12-8-2022 om 13:58

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden
  • Deur wordt niet vergrendeld. Rekken zijn goed geplaatst Gesteld op 2-1-2022 om 11:55

    Reageer op deze vraag Misbruik melden

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Ikea Finputsad 704.756.22 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Ikea Finputsad 704.756.22 in de taal/talen: Duits, Engels, Frans, Italiaans als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 45,55 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Ikea Finputsad 704.756.22

Ikea Finputsad 704.756.22 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands, Português, Espanõl - 64 pagina's

Ikea Finputsad 704.756.22 Installatiehandleiding - Alle talen - 16 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info